Annual Statements Open main menu

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC. - Quarter Report: 2014 September (Form 10-Q)

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-Q 
 
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014
or
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to             
Commission file number 001-35522
 
 
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
04-3639825
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
92612
(Zip Code)
(949) 236-5211
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
¨
  
Accelerated filer
 
ý
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.
As of October 31, 2014, the registrant had outstanding 28,032,743 shares of voting common stock and 602,783 shares of Class B non-voting common stock.


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT
September 30, 2014
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1 –
 
 
 
Item 2 –
 
 
 
Item 3 –
 
 
 
Item 4 –
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1 –
 
 
 
Item 1A –
 
 
 
Item 2 –
 
 
 
Item 3 –
 
 
 
Item 4 –
 
 
 
Item 5 –
 
 
 
Item 6 –
 
 

2

Table of Contents

Forward-looking Statements
When used in this report and in public shareholder communications, in other documents of Banc of California, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” “guidance” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. These statements may relate to our future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenue, expense or earnings projections, or other financial items. By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following:
i.
the ability of the Company to successfully integrate the branches its wholly owned bank subsidiary, Banc of California, N.A. (the “Bank”), has agreed to acquire from Banco Popular North America (“BPNA”);
ii.
risks that the Company’s merger and acquisition activities, including but not limited to the pending acquisition of the BPNA branches and the recently completed acquisitions of The Private Bank of California (PBOC), The Palisades Group, LLC and CS Financial, Inc., as well as the recent merger of the Company’s subsidiary banks, may disrupt current plans and operations and lead to difficulties in customer and employee retention, risks that the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to these transactions could be significantly higher than anticipated and risks that the expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits of these transactions might not be realized to the extent anticipated, within the anticipated timetables, or at all;
iii.
risks that funds obtained from capital raising activities will not be utilized efficiently or effectively;
iv.
a worsening of current economic conditions, as well as turmoil in the financial markets;
v.
the credit risks of lending activities, which may be affected by deterioration in real estate markets and the financial condition of borrowers, may lead to increased loan and lease delinquencies, losses and nonperforming assets in our loan and lease portfolio, and may result in our allowance for loan and lease losses not being adequate to cover actual losses and require us to materially increase our loan and lease loss reserves;
vi.
the quality and composition of our securities portfolio;
vii.
changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas;
viii.
continuation of the historically low short-term interest rate environment, changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short- and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources;
ix.
fluctuations in the demand for loans and leases, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values in our market area;
x.
results of examinations of us by regulatory authorities and the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, write-down asset values, increase our capital levels, or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings;
xi.
legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business, including changes in regulatory capital or other rules;
xii.
our ability to control operating costs and expenses;
xiii.
staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges;
xiv.
errors in our estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which may result in significant declines in valuation;
xv.
the network and computer systems on which we depend could fail or experience a security breach;

3

Table of Contents

xvi.
our ability to attract and retain key members of our senior management team;
xvii.
costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments;
xviii.
increased competitive pressures among financial services companies;
xix.
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits;
xx.
adverse changes in the securities markets;
xxi.
earthquake, fire or other natural disasters affecting the condition of real estate collateral;
xxii.
the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions;
xxiii.
inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us;
xxiv.
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their application to our business, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods;
xxv.
war or terrorist activities; and
xxvi.
other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described in this report and from time to time in other documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC, including, without limitation, the risks described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” presented elsewhere in this report.
The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made, except as required by law.


4

Table of Contents

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
5,646

 
$
4,937

Interest-bearing deposits
179,339

 
105,181

Total cash and cash equivalents
184,985

 
110,118

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,846

Securities available for sale, at fair value
310,385

 
170,022

Loans held for sale, carried at fair value
252,390

 
192,613

Loans held for sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value
874,949

 
524,120

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance of $25,283 at September 30, 2014 and $18,805 at December 31, 2013
2,686,785

 
2,427,306

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost
35,432

 
22,600

Servicing rights, net ($11,376 measured at fair value at September 30, 2014 and $13,535 at December 31, 2013)
11,745

 
13,883

Accrued interest receivable
11,587

 
10,866

Other real estate owned, net
605

 

Premises, equipment, and capital leases, net
67,323

 
66,260

Bank-owned life insurance
19,038

 
18,881

Goodwill
31,591

 
30,143

Affordable housing fund investment
5,090

 
5,628

Deferred income tax
8,663

 

Income tax receivable

 
2,995

Other intangible assets, net
10,829

 
12,152

Other assets
24,699

 
18,590

Total Assets
$
4,537,996

 
$
3,628,023

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
$
457,743

 
$
429,158

Interest-bearing deposits
3,173,967

 
2,489,486

Total deposits
3,631,710

 
2,918,644

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
305,000

 
250,000

Notes payable, net
95,549

 
82,320

Reserve for loss on repurchased loans
7,045

 
5,427

Income taxes payable
2,158

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
49,653

 
46,763

Total liabilities
4,091,115

 
3,303,154

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized:
 
 
 
Series A, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 32,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013
31,934

 
31,934

Series B, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013
10,000

 
10,000

Series C, 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 40,250 shares authorized, 40,250 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013
37,943

 
37,943

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 446,863,844 shares authorized; 29,662,724 shares issued and 28,023,701 shares outstanding at September 30, 2014; 20,959,286 shares issued and 19,561,469 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013
297

 
210

Class B non-voting non-convertible Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 3,136,156 shares authorized; 602,783 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 and 584,674 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013
6

 
6

Additional paid-in capital
371,738

 
256,306

Retained earnings
24,862

 
16,981

Treasury stock, at cost (1,639,023 shares at September 30, 2014 and 1,397,817 shares at December 31, 2013)
(29,798
)
 
(27,911
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
(101
)
 
(600
)
Total shareholders’ equity
446,881

 
324,869

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
4,537,996

 
$
3,628,023

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

5

Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Interest and dividend income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
44,555

 
$
32,061

 
$
128,162

 
$
76,751

Securities
1,460

 
1,292

 
3,377

 
2,159

Dividends and other interest-earning assets
634

 
493

 
1,520

 
845

Total interest and dividend income
46,649

 
33,846

 
133,059

 
79,755

Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
6,165

 
5,084

 
17,971

 
10,386

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
118

 
56

 
317

 
177

Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities
2,180

 
1,763

 
5,825

 
5,265

Total interest expense
8,463

 
6,903

 
24,113

 
15,828

Net interest income
38,186

 
26,943

 
108,946

 
63,927

Provision for loan and lease losses
2,780

 
2,109

 
6,817

 
6,195

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
35,406

 
24,834

 
102,129

 
57,732

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer service fees
230

 
621

 
839

 
1,676

Loan servicing income
924

 
293

 
2,951

 
939

Income from bank owned life insurance
64

 
42

 
167

 
130

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

 
10

 
522

 
319

Net gain on sale of loans
10,260

 
484

 
15,901

 
4,520

Net gain on mortgage banking activities
26,943

 
16,231

 
70,400

 
52,862

Other income
5,677

 
545

 
13,968

 
1,780

Total noninterest income
44,098

 
18,226

 
104,748

 
62,226

Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
41,094

 
30,179

 
114,905

 
74,570

Occupancy and equipment
7,969

 
5,247

 
23,931

 
12,070

Professional fees
4,758

 
4,560

 
12,151

 
9,804

Data processing
1,286

 
1,552

 
3,347

 
3,827

Advertising
1,584

 
1,664

 
3,369

 
3,076

Regulatory assessments
1,013

 
986

 
3,000

 
1,578

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense
292

 
276

 
642

 
628

Operating loss on equity investment
203

 
120

 
538

 
410

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

 
18

 

 
97

Net gain on sales of other real estate owned

 
(73
)
 

 
(224
)
Provision for loan repurchases
1,154

 
375

 
2,055

 
1,363

Amortization of intangible assets
890

 
973

 
2,773

 
1,707

Impairment on intangible assets

 
976

 

 
976

All other expense
7,314

 
5,451

 
19,079

 
11,574

Total noninterest expense
67,557

 
52,304

 
185,790

 
121,456

Income (loss) before income taxes
11,947

 
(9,244
)
 
21,087

 
(1,498
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
721

 
(710
)
 
983

 
1,744

Net income (loss)
11,226

 
(8,534
)
 
20,104

 
(3,242
)
Preferred stock dividends
910

 
946

 
2,730

 
1,234

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
10,316

 
$
(9,480
)
 
$
17,374

 
$
(4,476
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.53
)
 
0.63

 
$
(0.32
)
Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

6

Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Net income (loss)
$
11,226

 
$
(8,534
)
 
$
20,104

 
$
(3,242
)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period
(980
)
 
(644
)
 
1,142

 
(944
)
Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income

 
(10
)
 
(522
)
 
(319
)
Total change in unrealized loss (gain) on available-for-sale securities
(980
)
 
(654
)
 
620

 
(1,263
)
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period
388

 

 
(121
)
 

Total change in unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge
388

 

 
(121
)
 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(592
)
 
(654
)
 
499

 
(1,263
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
10,634

 
$
(9,188
)
 
$
20,603

 
$
(4,505
)
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

7

Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands) (Unaudited)
 
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-
 
Retained
 
Treasury
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
in Capital
 
Earnings
 
Stock
 
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
31,934

 
$

 
$

 
$
120

 
$
11

 
$
154,563

 
$
26,550

 
$
(25,818
)
 
$
1,397

 
$
188,757

Comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(3,242
)
 

 

 
(3,242
)
Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,263
)
 
(1,263
)
Issuance of common stock

 

 

 
68

 
(6
)
 
76,173

 

 

 

 
76,235

Issuance of preferred stock

 

 
37,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
37,943

Preferred stock assumed through business acquisition

 
10,000

 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
10,000

Stock options converted through business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 
9

 

 

 

 
9

Forfeiture and retirement of common stock

 

 

 

 

 
34

 

 
(34
)
 

 

Purchase of 104,740 shares of treasury stocks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,402
)
 

 
(1,402
)
Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 
(1,799
)
 

 
1,799

 

 

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

 

 

 
519

 
(519
)
 

 

 

Stock option compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
336

 

 

 

 
336

Restricted stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
969

 

 

 

 
969

Dividends declared ($0.36 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(4,528
)
 

 

 
(4,528
)
Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,234
)
 

 

 
(1,234
)
Balance at September 30, 2013
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
188

 
$
5

 
$
230,804

 
$
17,027

 
$
(25,455
)
 
$
134

 
$
302,580

Balance at December 31, 2013
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
210

 
$
6

 
$
256,306

 
$
16,981

 
$
(27,911
)
 
$
(600
)
 
$
324,869

Comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 
20,104

 

 

 
20,104

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
499

 
499

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 
87

 

 
54,814

 

 

 

 
54,901

Issuance of tangible equity units

 

 

 

 

 
51,182

 

 

 

 
51,182

Purchase of 23,502 shares of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(280
)
 

 
(280
)
Reclassification adjustment for awards issued from treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 
1,926

 

 
(1,926
)
 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 
993

 

 

 

 
993

Stock option compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
357

 

 

 

 
357

Restricted stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 
4,196

 

 

 

 
4,196

Stock appreciation right expense

 

 

 

 

 
1,364

 

 

 

 
1,364

Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 
(319
)
 

 
319

 

 

Tax effect of dividends paid on unvested equity awards

 

 

 

 

 
401

 

 

 

 
401

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

 

 

 
518

 
(78
)
 

 

 
440

Dividends declared ($0.36 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 
(9,415
)
 

 

 
(9,415
)
Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2,730
)
 

 

 
(2,730
)
Balance at September 30, 2014
$
31,934

 
$
10,000

 
$
37,943

 
$
297

 
$
6

 
$
371,738

 
$
24,862

 
$
(29,798
)
 
$
(101
)
 
$
446,881

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

8

Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
20,104

 
$
(3,242
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities
 
 
 
Provision for loan and lease losses
6,817

 
6,195

Provision for loan repurchases
2,055

 
1,363

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities
(70,400
)
 
(52,862
)
Net gain on sale of loans
(15,901
)
 
(4,520
)
Net amortization (accretion) of securities
544

 
953

Depreciation on premises and equipment
4,850

 
2,785

Amortization of intangibles
2,773

 
1,707

Amortization of debt issuance cost
484

 
289

Stock option compensation expense
357

 
336

Stock award compensation expense
4,196

 
969

Change in fair value of converted stock options related to business acquisition

 
9

Stock appreciation right expense
1,364

 
1,130

Bank owned life insurance income
(167
)
 
(130
)
Operating loss on equity investment
538

 
410

Impairment on intangible assets

 
976

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale
(522
)
 
(319
)
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights
(2,268
)
 

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

 
(224
)
Loss (Gain) on sale or disposal of property and equipment
787

 
(1
)
Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned

 
97

Tax effect of dividends paid on unvested equity awards
401

 

Repurchase of mortgage loans
(4,188
)
 

Originations of loans held for sale from mortgage banking
(2,028,108
)
 
(1,388,622
)
Originations of other loans held for sale
(1,040,301
)
 

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on loans held for sale from mortgage banking
2,035,343

 
1,276,104

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on other loans held for sale
571,447

 

Change in deferred loan (costs) fees
(1,229
)
 
(414
)
Amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans
(28,000
)
 
(13,714
)
Change in accrued interest receivable
(721
)
 
(5,423
)
Change in other assets
(3,874
)
 
14,209

Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
2,574

 
13,496

Net cash used in operating activities
(541,045
)
 
(148,443
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale
52,245

 
127,286

Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale
1,231

 
12,157

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale
28,792

 
82,924

Purchases of securities available-for-sale
(222,033
)
 
(51,526
)
Net cash (used) acquired in acquisitions
(1,000
)
 
5,786

Loan originations and principal collections, net
(232,859
)
 
(415,272
)
Purchase of loans
(25,218
)
 
(852,913
)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stocks

 
25

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stocks
(12,832
)
 
(5,972
)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment
142,482

 
219,211

Net change in time deposits in financial institutions
(54
)
 
2,089

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
48

 
3,600

Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights
17,177

 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
30

 

Additions to premises and equipment
(7,081
)
 
(49,609
)
Payments of capital lease obligations
(682
)
 
(218
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(259,754
)
 
(922,432
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
712,865

 
1,391,343

Net increase (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
55,000

 
(91,833
)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
53,901

 
47,953

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 
37,943

Net proceeds from issuance of tangible equity units
64,959

 

Payment of Amortizing Debt
(1,032
)
 

Purchase of treasury stock
(280
)
 
(1,402
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
993

 

Dividends paid on preferred stock
(2,742
)
 
(1,234
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(7,998
)
 
(4,528
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
875,666

 
1,378,242

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
74,867

 
307,367

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
110,118

 
108,643

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
184,985

 
$
416,010

Supplemental cash flow information
 
 
 
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds
$
23,953

 
$
15,722

Income taxes paid
4,311

 

Income taxes refunds received
264

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities
 
 
 
Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net
653

 

Transfer of loans receivable to loans held for sale, net of transfer of $989 and $0 from allowance for loan and lease losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively
65,584

 
105,126

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans receivable
117,116

 

Transfer of deposits to deposits held for sale

 
462,768

Equipment acquired under capital leases
989

 
1,239

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements


9

Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
September 30, 2014

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Banc of California, Inc. (the Company, we, us and our) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Banc of California, National Association (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC (the Palisades Group), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the Company include its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Nature of Operations: The principal business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank. The Bank operates under a national bank charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC), its primary regulator. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). PTB Property Holdings, LLC manages and disposes of other real estate owned properties and the Palisades Group provides financial advisory and asset management services.
The Bank is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through 17 banking offices, serving San Diego, Los Angeles, and Orange counties, California and 59 loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia, North Carolina, Colorado, Indiana, and Maryland as of September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2014, single family residential (SFR) mortgage loans and Green loans (SFR mortgage lines of credit) accounted for approximately 39.3 percent and 4.7 percent, respectively, of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, with a high percentage of such loans concentrated in Southern California. The customer’s ability to repay their loans or leases is generally dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.
The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. The Company has not made any significant changes in its critical accounting policies or in its estimates and assumptions from those disclosed in its 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than the enhancement made on allowance for loan and lease losses, the adoption of new accounting pronouncements and other authoritative guidance that became effective for the Company on or after January 1, 2014. Refer to Accounting Pronouncements below for discussion of accounting pronouncements adopted in 2014.
Basis of Presentation: The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations for reporting on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, certain disclosures required by GAAP are not included herein. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The December 31, 2013 balance sheet presented herein has been derived from the audited financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but does not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP.
In the opinion of management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all of the adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.
The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ materially. The allowance for loan and lease losses, reserve for loss on repurchased loans, servicing rights, other real estate owned, realization of deferred tax assets, goodwill, other intangible assets, derivatives, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, and the fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

10

Table of Contents

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $8.7 million, net of a $8.3 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance (See further discussion in Note 11, Income Taxes).
Earnings Per Share: Earnings per share is computed under the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, including the minimum number of shares issuable under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units (see the discussion of the tangible equity units in Note 15, Shareholders' Equity). Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the restricted stock units, the potentially issuable shares in excess of the minimum under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units, outstanding stock options, and warrants to purchase common stock. Net income allocated to common shareholders is computed by subtracting income allocated to participating securities, participating securities dividends and preferred stock dividend from net income. Participating securities are instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, which includes the Stock Appreciation Rights to the extent they confer dividend equivalent rights, as described under “Stock Appreciation Rights” in Note 14, Stock Compensation Plans.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company enhanced the current methodologies, processes and controls over the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), due to the Company's rapid organic and acquisitive growth and rapidly changing profile. These enhancements will update and upgrade how each component of the ALLL are quantified, their relationship to each other, and their overall relevance to the Company's new profile and strategic direction.
To ensure overall level of ALLL adequacy, the Company performed comparative analysis of its ALLL to total loans ratio to average and median of the industry benchmark groups and its ALLL reserve levels were determined to be appropriate and adequate for the Company's current portfolio. The following is a synopsis of the enhancements for each component of ALLL:
Expand the look-back period to 28 rolling quarters to capture the full economic cycle. To accommodate the expansion, the Company supplemented its 15 quarters of internal history with 13 quarters of industry average loss history.
Utilize net historical losses versus gross historical losses.
Expand the peer group used to determine industry average loss history to include three industry groups; 1) all U.S. financial and bank holding companies, 2) all California financial and bank holding companies, 3) the peer group average from the Uniform Bank Performance Report. The methodology allows for the weighting of all three industry groups as appropriate.
Apply the segment specific loss emergence period to each segment's loss rate versus 12 months for all portfolio segments as was done previously.
Reset the range for the nine interagency recommended qualitative factors and add a new qualitative factor for data-model imprecision risk. The expected range of the qualitative reserve will now be calculated at each factor level based on a baseline risk weighting adjusted for current risks, trends and business conditions.
Disaggregated certain qualitative factors to be determined on the portfolio segment level.
Due to these enhancements, the Company realized additional $591 thousand ALLL than what it would have been using the old methodology.
Correction of Prior Period Errors: During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company made cumulative prior period (years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012) adjustments related to the provision for loan repurchases, the allowance for loan and lease losses, restricted stock compensation expense, and other expenses, which increased the provision for loan repurchases by $571 thousand, provision for loan and lease losses by $1.2 million, and other expense by $353 thousand, and decreased stock compensation expense by $234 thousand. The Company reviewed the impact of these corrections in accordance with Securities Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 “Materiality”, and determined that the corrections were not material to prior or current periods.
Accounting Pronouncements: During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the following pronouncements applicable to the Company were issued or became effective:
In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2014-1, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in ASU 2014-1to Topic 323, “Equity Investments and Joint Ventures,” provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable

11

Table of Contents

housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2014 and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. All of the Company’s affordable housing fund investments are within the scope of this guidance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-4, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-4 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure has occurred, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Interim and annual disclosure is required of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure. ASU 2014-4 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-9, “Revenue From Contracts With Customers”, that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing: Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures”. The ASU changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. In addition, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The ASU also requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising (1) a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and (2) an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. There are also additional disclosure requirements for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period”. The ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40), Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” Under ASU 2014-14, a mortgage loan should be derecognized and a separate receivable based on the principal and interest expected to be recovered from the governmental guarantor should be recognized upon foreclosure when all of the following conditions exist: a government guarantee exists that is not separable from the loan prior to the foreclosure; as of the date of the foreclosure the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate to the governmental agency that issued the guarantee, to make a claim on the guarantee and the creditor has the ability to recover amounts due from the governmental entity as a result of the claim; and, as of the time of the

12

Table of Contents

foreclosure, the claim amount that is based on the fair value of the real estate is fixed. ASU 2014-14 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND BRANCH SALES
The Company completed the following acquisitions between January 1, 2013 and September 30, 2014 and used the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.
The following table presents a summary of acquired assets and assumed liabilities along with a summary of the acquisition consideration as of the dates of acquisition:
 
 
Acquisition and Date Acquired
 
Renovation
Ready
 
CS Financial
 
The Palisades
Group
 
Private Bank
of California
 
January 31,
2014
 
October 31,
2013
 
September 10,
2013
 
July 1,
2013
 
(In thousands)
Assets acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$

 
$
482

 
$
900

 
$
33,752

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 
5

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

 
219,298

Loans held for sale

 
4,982

 

 

Loans and leases receivable

 

 

 
385,256

Premises, equipment, and capital leases

 
704

 

 
1,501

Income tax receivable

 

 

 
682

Goodwill
2,240

 
7,178

 

 
15,126

Other intangible assets
760

 
690

 

 
10,400

Other assets

 
608

 
364

 
6,578

Total assets acquired
$
3,000

 
$
14,644

 
$
1,269

 
$
672,593

Liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
561,890

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

 
41,833

Other liabilities
1,000

 
6,722

 
1,219

 
2,481

Total liabilities assumed
1,000

 
6,722

 
1,219

 
606,204

SBLF preferred stock assumed

 

 

 
10,000

Total consideration paid
$
2,000

 
$
7,922

 
$
50

 
$
56,389

Summary of consideration
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid
$
1,000

 
$
1,500

 
$
50

 
$
28,077

Common stock issued
1,000

 
1,964

 

 
28,282

Replacement awards

 

 

 
30

Noninterest-bearing note

 
3,150

 

 

Performance based equity

 
1,308

 

 

Earn-out liabilities
1,000

 

 

 

RenovationReady® Acquisition
Effective January 31, 2014, the Company acquired certain assets, including service contracts and intellectual property, of RenovationReady, a provider of specialized loan services to financial institutions and mortgage bankers that originate agency eligible residential renovation and construction loan products.
The RenovationReady acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of January 31, 2014. The

13

Table of Contents

Company recorded $2.2 million of goodwill and $760 thousand of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are related to a customer relationship intangible.
CS Financial Acquisition
Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial, Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by former Company director and current Company executive Jeffery T. Seabold. CS Financial became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. For additional information regarding this transaction, see note 18-Related-Party Transactions.
The CS Financial acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2013. The Company recorded $7.2 million of goodwill and $690 thousand of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are related to a trade name intangible.
The Palisades Group, LLC Acquisition
Effective September 10, 2013, the Company acquired The Palisades Group, a Delaware limited liability company and a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Units Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, amended and restated as of August 12, 2013, for $50 thousand. The Palisades Group provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties, including the Bank, with respect to the purchase, sale and management of portfolios of residential mortgage loans.
The Palisades Group acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the September 10, 2013 acquisition date. No goodwill was recognized.
The Private Bank of California Acquisition
Effective July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of The Private Bank of California, (PBOC) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, as amended (the PBOC Merger Agreement), by and between the Company, Beach Business Bank (Beach) (then a separate subsidiary bank of the Company) and PBOC. PBOC merged with and into Beach, with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and changing its name to “The Private Bank of California.” On October 11, 2013, The Private Bank of California was merged with the Company’s other wholly owned banking subsidiary, Banc of California, National Association (formerly Pacific Trust Bank), to form the Bank.
Pursuant to the terms of the PBOC Merger Agreement, the Company paid aggregate merger consideration of (1) 2,082,654 shares of Company common stock (valued at $28.3 million based on the $13.58 per share closing price of Company common stock on July 1, 2013), and (2) $25.4 million in cash. Additionally, the Company paid $2.7 million for the cancellation of certain outstanding options to acquire PBOC common stock in accordance with the PBOC Merger Agreement and converted the remaining outstanding PBOC stock options to Company stock options with an assumed fair value of approximately $30 thousand. On the basis of the number of shares of PBOC common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the merger, each outstanding share of PBOC common stock was converted into the right to receive $6.52 in cash and 0.5379 shares of Company common stock.
In addition, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share).
PBOC provided a range of financial services, including credit and deposit products as well as cash management services, from its headquarters located in the Century City area of Los Angeles, California as well as full-service branches in Hollywood and Irvine, and a loan production office in downtown Los Angeles. PBOC’s target clients included high-net worth and high income individuals, business professionals and their professional service firms, business owners, entertainment service businesses and non-profit organizations.

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company has expensed approximately $2.6 million of direct acquisition costs, all of which were recognized in 2013, and recorded $15.1 million of goodwill and $10.4 million of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an

14

Table of Contents

accelerated basis over 2-7 years. Loans acquired from PBOC that were considered credit impaired were written down at the acquisition date in accordance with purchase accounting to fair value. In addition, the allowance for loan losses for all PBOC loans was not carried over to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. A full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset was recorded based on management’s evaluation of the expectation of recovery of deferred tax assets for the Company. For tax purposes, purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all nontaxable and/or non-deductible.
Pro Forma Information
The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisitions of PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial had occurred on January 1, 2013 after giving effect to certain adjustments. The unaudited pro forma information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction, interest expense on deposits and borrowings acquired, and the related income tax effects. The information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 reflects the Company's actual reported results for those periods.
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net interest income
$
38,186

 
$
26,977

 
$
108,946

 
$
74,369

Provision for loan and lease losses
$
2,780

 
$
2,125

 
6,817

 
7,054

Noninterest income
$
44,098

 
$
23,446

 
104,748

 
82,237

Noninterest expense
$
67,557

 
$
58,416

 
185,790

 
148,692

Income (loss) before income taxes
11,947

 
(10,118
)
 
21,087

 
860

Income tax expense (benefit)
721

 
(1,077
)
 
983

 
2,735

Net income (loss)
$
11,226

 
$
(9,041
)
 
$
20,104

 
$
(1,875
)
Basic earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.55
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
(0.20
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per total common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.55
)
 
$
0.63

 
$
(0.20
)
The above unaudited pro forma financial information for 2013 includes the pre-acquisition periods for PBOC, Palisades, and CS Financial. The above unaudited pro forma financial information includes pre-acquisition provisions for loan and lease losses recognized by PBOC and CS Financial of $16 thousand and $859 thousand for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. No pro forma information for RenovationReady is presented for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, as it is immaterial. The above pro forma financial information does not include cost saves or integration costs and may not be reflective of what the actual results would have been for the applicable period had the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period.
Branch Sales
On October 4, 2013, the Bank sold eight branches and related assets and deposit liabilities to a Washington state chartered bank (AWB). The transaction was completed with a transfer of $464.3 million deposits to AWB in exchange for a deposit premium of 2.3 percent. Certain other assets related to the branches include the real estate for three of the branch locations and certain overdraft and other credit facilities related to the deposit accounts. The Company recognized a gain of $12.6 million from this transaction, of which $12.1 million was recognized in 2013.
Pending Acquisition of Banco Popular’s California Branch Network
On April 22, 2014, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with Banco Popular North America (BPNA), pursuant to which the Bank agreed to acquire select assets and assume certain liabilities comprising BPNA’s network of 20 California branches (the BPNA Branches, and transaction the Branch Acquisition). Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will acquire approximately $1.1 billion in loans and will assume approximately $1.1 billion of deposit liabilities related to the Branches (based on September 30, 2014 balances). The Bank will also acquire certain other assets relating to the Branches, including, among others, owned and leased real property. In addition to certain deposits, the Bank will assume other liabilities pertaining to the operation of the Branches. The Branch Acquisition is subject to customary conditions to closing and the obligation of the Bank to complete the transaction is subject to its receipt of financing necessary to complete the transaction on the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement. In conjunction with the anticipated closing of the Branch Acquisition, the Company will also sell and issue shares of voting common stock to OCM BOCA Investor, LLC (“Oaktree”), an entity owned by investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., and (ii)

15

Table of Contents

Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $50 million. The Branch Acquisition is anticipated to close on or about November 7, 2014.

NOTE 3 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair Value Hierarchy: ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
Securities Available for Sale: The fair values of securities available for sale are generally determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1), or by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). The fair values of the Company’s Level 3 securities are determined by the Company or an independent third-party provider using a discounted cash flow methodology. The methodology uses discount rates that are based upon observed market yields for similar securities. Prepayment speeds are estimated based upon the prepayment history of each bond and a detailed analysis of the underlying collateral. Gross weighted average coupon, geographic concentrations, loan to value, FICO and seasoning are among the different loan attributes that are factored into our prepayment curve. Default rates and severity are estimated based upon geography of the collateral, delinquency, modifications, loan to value ratios, FICO scores, and past performance.
Impaired Loans and Leases: The fair value of impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses or impairment based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. The fair value of non-collateral dependent impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses or impairments is based on the present value of estimated cash flows, a Level 3 measurement.
Loans Held for Sale: The fair value of loans held for sale is based on commitments outstanding from investors as well as what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. Therefore, loans held for sale subjected to recurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 2. The Company had $252.4 million and $192.6 million of loans held for sale at such fair values at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company also had $874.9 million and $524.1 million of non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company obtains quotes, bid or pricing indications on all or part of these loans directly from the buyers. Premiums and discounts received or to be received on the quotes, bids or pricing indications are indicative of the fact that the cost is lower or higher than fair value.
Derivative Assets and Liabilities: The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as required by GAAP and are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. The Company has entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flow attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR-based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The other derivative assets are interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with prospective residential mortgage borrowers whereby the interest rate on the loan is locked by the borrower prior to funding. These IRLCs are determined to be derivative instruments in accordance with GAAP. Additional derivative assets and liabilities, typically mortgage-backed to-be-announced (TBA) securities, are used to hedge fair value changes, driven by changes in interest rates, on the Company’s mortgage assets. The Company hedges the period from the interest rate lock

16

Table of Contents

(assuming a fall-out factor) to the date of the loan sale. The estimated fair value is based on current market prices for similar instruments. Given the meaningful level of secondary market activity for derivative contracts, active pricing is available for similar assets and accordingly, the Company classifies its derivative assets and liabilities as Level 2.
Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Company retains servicing on some of its mortgage loans sold and elected the fair value option for valuation of these mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). The value is based on a third party provider that calculates the present value of the expected net servicing income from the portfolio based on key factors that include interest rates, prepayment assumptions, discount rate and estimated cash flows. Because of the significance of unobservable inputs, these servicing rights are classified as Level 3.
Other Real Estate Owned Assets: Other real estate owned assets (OREO) are recorded at the fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of other real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. The Company recorded $0 and $18 thousand valuation allowance expense for OREO, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and recorded $0 and $97 thousand, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 in valuation allowance expense for OREO.


17

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring and Non-Recurring Basis
Available for sale securities, certain conforming mortgage loans held for sale, derivative assets and liabilities, and servicing rights—mortgage are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, whereas impaired loans and leases, non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale and other real estate owned are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
 
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pools securities
$
1,693

 
$

 
$
1,693

 
$

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,980

 

 
1,980

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,698

 

 
3,698

 

Agency mortgage-backed securities
303,014

 

 
303,014

 

Loans held for sale
252,390

 

 
252,390

 

Derivative assets (1)
6,955

 

 
6,955

 

Mortgage servicing rights (2)
11,376

 

 

 
11,376

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (3)
596

 

 
596

 

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pools securities
$
1,736

 
$

 
$
1,736

 
$

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,920

 

 
1,920

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
14,752

 

 
14,752

 

Agency mortgage-backed securities
151,614

 

 
151,614

 

Loans held for sale
192,613

 

 
192,613

 

Derivative assets (1)
5,493

 

 
5,493

 

Mortgage servicing rights (2)
13,535

 

 

 
13,535

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (3)

 

 

 

 

(1)
Included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition
(2)
Included in servicing rights, net and servicing rights held for sale on the consolidated statements of financial condition
(3)
Included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition


18

Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
 
Carrying
Value
 
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
23,119

 
$

 
$

 
$
23,119

Commercial and industrial
7,333

 

 

 
7,333

Commercial real estate
3,572

 

 

 
3,572

Multi-family
1,622

 

 

 
1,622

Other consumer
1,382

 

 

 
1,382

SBA
6

 

 

 
6

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential
605

 

 

 
605

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
12,814

 
$

 
$
8,769

 
$
4,045

Commercial real estate
3,868

 

 
105

 
3,763

Multi-family
1,972

 

 

 
1,972

Other consumer
249

 

 
216

 
33

Commercial and industrial
33

 

 

 
33

SBA
10

 

 

 
10

The Company did not have any other real estate owned at December 31, 2013.
The following table presents the gains and (losses) recognized on assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
(18
)
 
$
(884
)
 
$
(350
)
 
$
(1,195
)
Real estate mortgage
88

 
(117
)
 
88

 
(238
)
SBA

 
(1
)
 

 
(29
)
Other consumer

 

 
(2
)
 
(19
)
Commercial and industrial

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential

 
(7
)
 

 
(40
)
Multi-family

 
83

 

 
84

Land

 
(21
)
 

 
83



19

Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
Private 
Label
Residential
Mortgage 
Backed
Securities
 
Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
 
Total
 
Private
Label
Residential
Mortgage
Backed
Securities
 
Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$

 
$
9,816

 
$
9,816

 
$

 
$
13,535

 
$
13,535

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

 

 

 

 
(9,185
)
 
(9,185
)
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings—realized

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings—fair value adjustment

 
110

 
110

 

 
(140
)
 
(140
)
Included in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of premium (discount)

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 
7,735

 
7,735

 

 
18,057

 
18,057

Sales and settlements

 
(6,285
)
 
(6,285
)
 

 
(10,891
)
 
(10,891
)
Balance at end of period
$

 
$
11,376

 
$
11,376

 
$

 
$
11,376

 
$
11,376

September 30, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,706

 
$
4,620

 
$
6,326

 
$
2,214

 
$
1,739

 
$
3,953

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings—realized

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings—fair value adjustment

 
(79
)
 
(79
)
 

 
251

 
251

Included in other comprehensive income
(3
)
 

 
(3
)
 

 

 

Amortization of premium (discount)

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 
2,836

 
2,836

 

 
5,598

 
5,598

Sales and settlements
(1,703
)
 
(157
)
 
(1,860
)
 
(2,214
)
 
(368
)
 
(2,582
)
Balance at end of period
$

 
$
7,220

 
$
7,220

 
$

 
$
7,220

 
$
7,220

 

(1)
The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that cause the transfer.

20

Table of Contents

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 
Fair Value
 
Valuation Technique(s)
 
Unobservable Input(s)
 
Range (Weighted Average)
September 30, 2014:
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
11,376

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 21.22% (10.70%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
4.71% to 34.76% (12.41%)
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
13,535

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 17.94% (10.26%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
4.19% to 34.54% (9.85%)
September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
7,220

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 17.46% (10.33%)
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayment rate
 
3.29% to 38.70% (10.89%)
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s servicing rights include the discount rate and prepayment rate. There may be inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results.

21

Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Carrying
 
Fair Value Measurement Level
Amount
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
184,985

 
$
184,985

 
$

 
$

 
$
184,985

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,900

 
1,900

 

 

 
1,900

Securities available-for-sale
310,385

 

 
310,385

 

 
310,385

FHLB and other bank stock
35,432

 

 
35,432

 

 
35,432

Loans held for sale
1,127,339

 

 
1,133,318

 

 
1,133,318

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance
2,686,785

 

 

 
2,738,419

 
2,738,419

Accrued interest receivable
11,587

 
11,587

 

 

 
11,587

Derivative assets
6,955

 

 
6,955

 

 
6,955

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
3,631,710

 

 

 
3,568,567

 
3,568,567

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
305,000

 

 
305,030

 

 
305,030

Notes payable
95,549

 
86,587

 
14,516

 

 
101,103

Derivative liabilities
596

 

 
596

 

 
596

Accrued interest payable
1,806

 
1,806

 

 

 
1,806

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
110,118

 
$
110,118

 
$

 
$

 
$
110,118

Time deposits in financial institutions
1,846

 
1,846

 

 

 
1,846

Securities available-for-sale
170,022

 

 
170,022

 

 
170,022

FHLB and other bank stock
22,600

 

 
22,600

 

 
22,600

Loans held for sale
716,733

 

 
719,496

 

 
719,496

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance
2,427,306

 

 

 
2,460,953

 
2,460,953

Accrued interest receivable
10,866

 
10,866

 

 

 
10,866

Derivative assets
5,493

 

 
5,493

 

 
5,493

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
2,918,644

 

 
2,877,650

 

 
2,877,650

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
250,000

 

 
250,090

 

 
250,090

Notes payable
82,320

 
85,564

 

 

 
85,564

Derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable
1,646

 
1,646

 

 

 
1,646

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:
Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, time deposits in financial institutions, and accrued interest receivable and payable. The methods for determining the fair values for securities available for sale, and derivatives assets and liabilities are described above. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. The fair value of FHLB advances and long-term debt is based on current rates for similar financings, and therefore not indicative of an exit price. Investments in FHLB stock are recorded at cost. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted to member banks, and purchases and sales of these securities are at par value with the issuer. Notes payable consists of Senior Notes and Amortizing Notes (see note 10-Long Term Debt for additional information). The fair value of the Amortizing Notes is based on discounted cash flows using estimated current market rates. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is not considered material (or is based on the current fees or costs that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements) and is not presented.

22

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,697

 
$

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,693

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,937

 
43

 

 
1,980

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,698

 
15

 
(15
)
 
3,698

Agency mortgage-backed securities
303,920

 
420

 
(1,326
)
 
303,014

Total securities available for sale
$
311,252

 
$
478

 
$
(1,345
)
 
$
310,385

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,794

 
$

 
$
(58
)
 
$
1,736

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,928

 

 
(8
)
 
1,920

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
14,653

 
135

 
(36
)
 
14,752

Agency mortgage-backed securities
153,134

 
299

 
(1,819
)
 
151,614

Total securities available for sale
$
171,509

 
$
434

 
$
(1,921
)
 
$
170,022

The following table presents amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of residential mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.
 
 
September 30, 2014
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
Maturity:
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
Within one year
$

 
$

One to five years
1,937

 
1,980

Five to ten years

 

Greater than ten years

 

SBA loan pool, private label residential mortgage backed and agency mortgage-backed securities
309,315

 
308,405

Total
$
311,252

 
$
310,385

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of shareholders’ equity.


23

Table of Contents

The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
117

 
$
560

 
$
426

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale

 
(107
)
 
(38
)
 
(107
)
Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
10

 
$
522

 
$
319

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
118,747

 
$
52,245

 
$
127,286

Tax expense on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$

 
$

 
$


Securities available for sale with carrying values of $8.3 million and $63.0 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,693

 
$
(4
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
1,693

 
$
(4
)
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

 

 

 

 

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
198

 
(10
)
 
1,700

 
(5
)
 
1,898

 
(15
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
150,685

 
(851
)
 
20,843

 
(475
)
 
171,528

 
(1,326
)
Total securities available for sale
$
152,576

 
$
(865
)
 
$
22,543

 
$
(480
)
 
$
175,119

 
$
(1,345
)
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,736

 
$
(58
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
1,736

 
$
(58
)
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,920

 
(8
)
 

 

 
1,920

 
(8
)
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
2,064

 
(11
)
 
3,913

 
(25
)
 
5,977

 
(36
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
114,104

 
(1,790
)
 
1,821

 
(29
)
 
115,925

 
(1,819
)
Total securities available for sale
$
119,824

 
$
(1,867
)
 
$
5,734

 
$
(54
)
 
$
125,558

 
$
(1,921
)
The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.
At September 30, 2014, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 90 securities, 62 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.
The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of September 30, 2014, the Company did not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $310.4 million securities portfolio, $310.2 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $198 thousand were rated

24

Table of Contents

BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of September 30, 2014. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

NOTE 5 – LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
The following table presents the balances in the Company’s loans and leases portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Non-Traditional
Mortgages
(NTM)
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total NTM 
and
Traditional 
Loans
 
Purchased 
Credit Impaired
 
Total Loans 
and Leases
Receivable
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
365,136

 
$
365,136

 
$
1,280

 
$
366,416

Commercial real estate

 
510,251

 
510,251

 
11,616

 
521,867

Multi-family

 
367,364

 
367,364

 

 
367,364

SBA

 
22,523

 
22,523

 
3,206

 
25,729

Construction

 
25,997

 
25,997

 

 
25,997

Lease financing

 
72,027

 
72,027

 

 
72,027

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
203,967

 
624,291

 
828,258

 
236,440

 
1,064,698

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
126,323

 

 
126,323

 

 
126,323

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,952

 

 
4,952

 

 
4,952

Other consumer
113

 
136,223

 
136,336

 
359

 
136,695

Total gross loans
$
335,355

 
$
2,123,812

 
$
2,459,167

 
$
252,901

 
$
2,712,068

Percentage to total gross loans
12.4
%
 
78.3
%
 
90.7
%
 
9.3
%
 
100.0
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(25,283
)
Loans and leases receivable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,686,785

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
283,743

 
$
283,743

 
$
4,028

 
$
287,771

Commercial real estate

 
514,869

 
514,869

 
15,014

 
529,883

Multi-family

 
141,580

 
141,580

 

 
141,580

SBA

 
23,740

 
23,740

 
3,688

 
27,428

Construction

 
24,933

 
24,933

 

 
24,933

Lease financing

 
31,949

 
31,949

 

 
31,949

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
156,490

 
667,526

 
824,016

 
314,820

 
1,138,836

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
147,705

 

 
147,705

 

 
147,705

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
5,289

 

 
5,289

 

 
5,289

Other consumer
113

 
108,888

 
109,001

 
1,736

 
110,737

Total gross loans
$
309,597

 
$
1,797,228

 
$
2,106,825

 
$
339,286

 
$
2,446,111

Percentage to total gross loans
12.7
%
 
73.4
%
 
86.1
%
 
13.9
%
 
100.0
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(18,805
)
Loans and leases receivable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,427,306


25

Table of Contents

Non Traditional Mortgage Loans
The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), fixed or adjustable hybrid interest only rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $335.4 million, or 12.4 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $309.6 million, or 12.7 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. The total NTM portfolio increased by $25.8 million, or 8.3 percent, during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
152

 
$
126,323

 
37.7
%
 
173

 
$
147,705

 
47.6
%
Interest-only - first liens
200

 
190,734

 
56.8
%
 
244

 
139,867

 
45.2
%
Negative amortization
32

 
13,233

 
3.9
%
 
37

 
16,623

 
5.4
%
Total NTM - first liens
384

 
330,290

 
98.4
%
 
454

 
304,195

 
98.2
%
Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
19

 
4,952

 
1.5
%
 
23

 
5,289

 
1.7
%
Interest-only - second liens
1

 
113

 
0.1
%
 
1

 
113

 
0.1
%
Total NTM - second liens
20

 
5,065

 
1.6
%
 
24

 
5,402

 
1.8
%
Total NTM loans
404

 
335,355

 
100.0
%
 
478

 
309,597

 
100.0
%
Total gross loan portfolio
 
 
$
2,712,068

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,446,111

 
 
% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio
 
 
12.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
12.7
%
 
 
Green Loans
Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. At September 30, 2014, Green Loans totaled $131.3 million, a decrease of $21.7 million, or 14.2 percent, from $153.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $12.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of the underlying collateral declines. The Company discontinued origination of the Green Loan products in 2011.
Interest Only Loans
Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payments in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of September 30, 2014, our interest only loans increased by $50.9 million, or 36.3 percent, to $190.8 million from $140.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to originations of $45.6 million and transfers from loans held for sale of $77.1 million, partially offset by transfers to loans held for sale of $25.3 million and net amortization of $46.5 million. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.1 million and $752 thousand of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.
Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization
Negative amortization loans decreased by $3.4 million, or 20.4 percent, to $13.2 million at September 30, 2014 from $16.6 million at December 31, 2013. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $1.2 million of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.



26

Table of Contents

Risk Management of Non-Traditional Mortgages
The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages are loan-to-value (LTV) and FICO scores. Accordingly, the Company manages credit risk in the NTM portfolio through semi-annual review of the loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and home equity lines of credit, as needed in conjunction with portfolio management, and ordering third party automated valuation models. The loan review is designed to provide a method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they actually fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and/or a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded which will increase the reserves the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan review is published and regularly monitored.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first indication that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.
As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the NTM portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts meetings on at least a quarterly basis to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether a suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations.
On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be a material increase in the required payment and then monitors the loans for possible delinquency. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.
Non-Traditional Mortgage Performance Indicators
The following table presents the Company’s non-traditional single family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at September 30, 2014 by FICO scores that were obtained during the second quarter of 2014, comparing to the FICO scores for those same loans that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013:
 
 
By FICO Scores Obtained
During the Quarter Ended
June 30, 2014
 
By FICO Scores Obtained
During the Quarter Ended
December 31, 2013
 
Change
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FICO Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800+
21

 
$
13,095

 
10.4
%
 
13

 
$
7,307

 
5.8
%
 
8

 
$
5,788

 
4.6
 %
700-799
74

 
56,628

 
44.8
%
 
89

 
68,877

 
54.6
%
 
(15
)
 
(12,249
)
 
(9.8
)%
600-699
33

 
29,172

 
23.1
%
 
32

 
28,097

 
22.2
%
 
1

 
1,075

 
0.9
 %
<600
9

 
10,536

 
8.3
%
 
8

 
7,003

 
5.5
%
 
1

 
3,533

 
2.8
 %
No FICO
15

 
16,892

 
13.4
%
 
10

 
15,039

 
11.9
%
 
5

 
1,853

 
1.5
 %
Totals
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 

 
$

 
 %
The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

27

Table of Contents

Loan to Value
The table below represents the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by loan-to-value (LTV) as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Green
 
Interest Only
 
Negative Amortization
 
Total
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
79

 
$
73,361

 
58.1
%
 
62

 
$
88,103

 
46.2
%
 
15

 
$
7,362

 
55.6
%
 
156

 
$
168,826

 
51.1
%
61-80
46

 
35,799

 
28.3
%
 
45

 
70,502

 
37.0
%
 
10

 
4,113

 
31.1
%
 
101

 
110,414

 
33.4
%
81-100
22

 
12,710

 
10.1
%
 
32

 
11,860

 
6.2
%
 
6

 
1,361

 
10.3
%
 
60

 
25,931

 
7.9
%
> 100
5

 
4,453

 
3.5
%
 
61

 
20,269

 
10.6
%
 
1

 
397

 
3.0
%
 
67

 
25,119

 
7.6
%
Total
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 
200

 
$
190,734

 
100.0
%
 
32

 
$
13,233

 
100.0
%
 
384

 
$
330,290

 
100.0
%
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
90

 
$
78,807

 
53.3
%
 
80

 
$
65,181

 
46.6
%
 
13

 
$
4,930

 
29.7
%
 
183

 
$
148,918

 
49.0
%
61-80
38

 
33,604

 
22.8
%
 
51

 
28,999

 
20.7
%
 
13

 
7,643

 
45.9
%
 
102

 
70,246

 
23.1
%
81-100
26

 
14,917

 
10.1
%
 
43

 
21,474

 
15.4
%
 
8

 
3,277

 
19.7
%
 
77

 
39,668

 
13.0
%
> 100
19

 
20,377

 
13.8
%
 
70

 
24,213

 
17.3
%
 
3

 
773

 
4.7
%
 
92

 
45,363

 
14.9
%
Total
173

 
$
147,705

 
100.0
%
 
244

 
$
139,867

 
100.0
%
 
37

 
$
16,623

 
100.0
%
 
454

 
$
304,195

 
100.0
%

(1)
LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.

The decrease in Green Loans was due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs and the increase in interest only was due to increased originations. During 2014, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California. The Company updates LTV on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

28

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The Company has an established credit risk management process that includes regular management review of the loan and lease portfolio to identify problem loans and leases. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers and lessees that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan and lease agreements. Such loans and leases are subject to increased monitoring. Consideration is given to placing the loan or lease on non-accrual status, assessing the need for additional allowance for loan and lease losses, and partial or full charge-off. The Company maintains the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio.
The Company also maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of the same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
The credit risk monitoring system is designed to identify impaired and potential problem loans, and to permit periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in a timely manner. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Bank has adopted a credit policy that includes a credit review and control system which it believes should be effective in ensuring that the Company maintains an adequate allowance for credit losses. The Board of Directors provides oversight and guidance for management’s allowance evaluation process, including quarterly valuations, and consideration of management’s determination of whether the allowance is adequate to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company enhanced the current methodologies, processes and controls over the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), due to the Company's rapid organic and acquisitive growth and rapidly changing profile. These enhancements will update and upgrade how each component of the ALLL are quantified, their relationship to each other, and their overall relevance to the Company's new profile and strategic direction. See Note 1 for a summary of the enhancements made to the ALLL methodology. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the provision for loan and lease losses is based on management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and takes into consideration known relevant internal and external factors that affect collectability when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan and lease losses. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses are made by charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. Identified credit exposures that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.
The following table presents a summary of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
22,627

 
$
16,979

 
$
18,805

 
$
14,448

Loans and leases charged off
(312
)
 
(211
)
 
(898
)
 
(2,145
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
96

 
253

 
1,172

 
632

Transfer of loans from (to) held-for-sale
92

 

 
(613
)
 

Provision for loan and lease losses
2,780

 
2,109

 
6,817

 
6,195

Balance at end of period
$
25,283

 
$
19,130

 
$
25,283

 
$
19,130



29

Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Multi-
family
 
SBA
 
Construction
 
Lease
Financing
 
Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
 
Other
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2014
$
3,007

 
$
5,615

 
$
3,408

 
$
261

 
$
1,245

 
$
730

 
$
7,289

 
$
1,072

 
$

 
$
22,627

Charge-offs

 
(65
)
 

 

 

 
(227
)
 
(18
)
 
(2
)
 

 
(312
)
Recoveries

 
88

 

 
7

 

 

 

 
1

 

 
96

Transfer of loans from held-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 
92

 

 

 
92

Provision
1,878

 
(1,767
)
 
2,676

 
44

 
(762
)
 
233

 
(463
)
 
941

 

 
2,780

Balance at September 30, 2014
$
4,885

 
$
3,871

 
$
6,084

 
$
312

 
$
483

 
$
736

 
$
6,900

 
$
2,012

 
$

 
$
25,283

Balance at December 31, 2013
$
1,822

 
$
5,484

 
$
2,566

 
$
235

 
$
244

 
$
428

 
$
7,044

 
$
532

 
$
450

 
$
18,805

Charge-offs

 
(65
)
 
(3
)
 
(17
)
 

 
(227
)
 
(375
)
 
(211
)
 

 
(898
)
Recoveries
53

 
843

 

 
273

 

 

 

 
3

 

 
1,172

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 
(613
)
 

 

 
(613
)
Provision
3,010

 
(2,391
)
 
3,521

 
(179
)
 
239

 
535

 
844

 
1,688

 
(450
)
 
6,817

Balance at September 30, 2014
$
4,885

 
$
3,871

 
$
6,084

 
$
312

 
$
483

 
$
736

 
$
6,900

 
$
2,012

 
$

 
$
25,283

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
7

 
$

 
$
80

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
437

 
$

 
$

 
$
524

Collectively evaluated for impairment
4,878

 
3,871

 
6,004

 
312

 
483

 
736

 
6,463

 
2,012

 

 
24,759

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance
$
4,885

 
$
3,871

 
$
6,084

 
$
312

 
$
483

 
$
736

 
$
6,900

 
$
2,012

 
$

 
$
25,283

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
7,333

 
$
3,572

 
$
1,622

 
$
6

 
$

 
$

 
$
23,119

 
$
1,382

 
$

 
$
37,034

Collectively evaluated for impairment
357,803

 
506,679

 
365,742

 
22,517

 
25,997

 
72,027

 
931,462

 
139,906

 

 
2,422,133

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
1,280

 
11,616

 

 
3,206

 

 

 
236,440

 
359

 

 
252,901

Total ending loan balances
$
366,416

 
$
521,867

 
$
367,364

 
$
25,729

 
$
25,997

 
$
72,027

 
$
1,191,021

 
$
141,647

 
$

 
$
2,712,068



30

Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013:
 
 
Commercial
and
Industrial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Multi-
family
 
SBA
 
Construction
 
Lease
Financing
 
Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
 
Other
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2013
$
816

 
$
4,508

 
$
1,449

 
$
179

 
$
503

 
$
244

 
$
8,751

 
$
225

 
$
304

 
$
16,979

Charge-offs

 
(12
)
 

 
(199
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
(211
)
Recoveries

 
153

 

 
97

 

 
2

 
1

 

 

 
253

Provision
636

 
1,047

 
266

 
373

 
(194
)
 
66

 
12

 
102

 
(199
)
 
2,109

Balance at September 30, 2013
$
1,452

 
$
5,696

 
$
1,715

 
$
450

 
$
309

 
$
312

 
$
8,764

 
$
327

 
$
105

 
$
19,130

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
263

 
$
3,178

 
$
1,478

 
$
118

 
$
21

 
$
261

 
$
8,855

 
$
274

 
$

 
$
14,448

Charge-offs

 
(372
)
 
(553
)
 
(592
)
 

 
(23
)
 
(591
)
 
(14
)
 

 
(2,145
)
Recoveries

 
173

 
88

 
264

 

 
8

 
92

 
7

 

 
632

Provision
1,189

 
2,717

 
702

 
660

 
288

 
66

 
408

 
60

 
105

 
6,195

Balance at September 30, 2013
$
1,452

 
$
5,696

 
$
1,715

 
$
450

 
$
309

 
$
312

 
$
8,764

 
$
327

 
$
105

 
$
19,130

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
2

 
$
276

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,089

 
$
32

 
$

 
$
1,399

Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,450

 
5,420

 
1,715

 
450

 
309

 
312

 
7,363

 
295

 
105

 
17,419

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 
312

 

 

 
312

Total ending allowance balance
$
1,452

 
$
5,696

 
$
1,715

 
$
450

 
$
309

 
$
312

 
$
8,764

 
$
327

 
$
105

 
$
19,130

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
70

 
$
5,896

 
$

 
$
11

 
$

 
$

 
$
13,202

 
$
1,055

 
$

 
$
20,234

Collectively evaluated for impairment
247,079

 
457,377

 
130,449

 
23,857

 
22,838

 
21,340

 
1,215,788

 
108,098

 

 
2,226,826

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
3,600

 
18,987

 
831

 
3,801

 

 

 
321,078

 
831

 

 
349,128

Total ending loan balances
$
250,749

 
$
482,260

 
$
131,280

 
$
27,669

 
$
22,838

 
$
21,340

 
$
1,550,068

 
$
109,984

 
$

 
$
2,596,188



31

Table of Contents

The following table presents loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans and leases as of the dates indicated. The recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, presents customer balances net of any partial charge-offs recognized on the loans and leases and net of any deferred fees and costs.
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
4,249

 
$
4,238

 
$

 
$
50

 
$
33

 
$

Commercial real estate
3,707

 
2,655

 

 
4,951

 
3,868

 

Multi-family
296

 
273

 

 
487

 
270

 

SBA
24

 
6

 

 
26

 
10

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
18,189

 
17,459

 

 
10,765

 
9,487

 

Other consumer
1,947

 
1,382

 

 
248

 
247

 

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
3,097

 
3,095

 
7

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
915

 
917

 

 

 

 

Multi-family
1,461

 
1,349

 
80

 
1,797

 
1,702

 
60

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
5,642

 
5,660

 
437

 
3,378

 
3,327

 
34

Other consumer

 

 

 
2

 
2

 
2

Total
$
39,527

 
$
37,034

 
$
524

 
$
21,704

 
$
18,946

 
$
96



32

Table of Contents

The following table presents information on impaired loans and leases, disaggregated by class, for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
7,295

 
$
31

 
$
56

 
$
2,432

 
$
31

 
$
56

Commercial real estate
3,595

 
44

 
51

 
3,476

 
93

 
108

Multi-family
1,637

 
12

 
12

 
1,668

 
25

 
25

SBA
6

 

 

 
2

 

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
23,201

 
182

 
194

 
14,580

 
247

 
259

Other consumer
1,393

 
22

 
22

 
606

 
23

 
23

Total
$
37,127

 
$
291

 
$
335

 
$
22,764

 
$
419

 
$
471

September 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
137

 
$
8

 
$
8

 
$
69

 
$
8

 
$
8

Commercial real estate
$
6,021

 
$
71

 
$
79

 
$
3,391

 
$
94

 
$
102

Multi-family

 

 

 
1,106

 
16

 
18

SBA
11

 
1

 
1

 
12

 
1

 
1

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
13,218

 
73

 
76

 
12,265

 
165

 
169

Other consumer
1,051

 

 

 
843

 

 

Total
$
20,438

 
$
153

 
$
164

 
$
17,686

 
$
284

 
$
298



33

Table of Contents

Non-accrual Loans
The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases, and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company maintains specific allowances for these loans of $80 in 2014 and $95 in 2013
13,683

 
24,650

 
38,333

 
7,698

 
23,950

 
31,648

The following table presents the composition of nonaccrual loans and leases as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$
5,226

 
$
5,226

 
$

 
$
33

 
$
33

Commercial real estate

 
2,656

 
2,656

 

 
3,868

 
3,868

Multi-family

 
2,285

 
2,285

 

 
1,972

 
1,972

SBA

 
263

 
263

 

 
10

 
10

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

Lease financing

 
40

 
40

 

 

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
1,060

 
12,938

 
13,998

 
2,000

 
18,032

 
20,032

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
12,414

 

 
12,414

 
5,482

 

 
5,482

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
209

 

 
209

 
216

 

 
216

Other consumer

 
1,242

 
1,242

 

 
35

 
35

Total nonaccrual loans and leases
$
13,683

 
$
24,650

 
$
38,333

 
$
7,698

 
$
23,950

 
$
31,648



34

Table of Contents

Past Due Loans and Leases
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of September 30, 2014, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
 
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater 
than
89 Days
Past due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
3,893

 
$
763

 
$
1,060

 
$
5,716

 
$
198,251

 
$
203,967

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
927

 

 
437

 
1,364

 
124,959

 
126,323

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
209

 

 

 
209

 
4,743

 
4,952

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
113

 
113

Total NTM loans
5,029

 
763

 
1,497

 
7,289

 
328,066

 
335,355

Traditional loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
4,052

 
1

 
4,238

 
8,291

 
356,845

 
365,136

Commercial real estate
3,745

 

 

 
3,745

 
506,506

 
510,251

Multi-family
755

 

 

 
755

 
366,609

 
367,364

SBA
57

 
11

 
226

 
294

 
22,229

 
22,523

Construction

 

 

 

 
25,997

 
25,997

Lease financing
253

 
39

 
40

 
332

 
71,695

 
72,027

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
17,011

 
3,780

 
9,662

 
30,453

 
593,838

 
624,291

Other consumer
34

 
1

 
9

 
44

 
136,179

 
136,223

Total traditional loans
25,907

 
3,832

 
14,175

 
43,914

 
2,079,898

 
2,123,812

Purchased Credit Impaired (PCI) loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
747

 

 

 
747

 
533

 
1,280

Commercial real estate
455

 

 
925

 
1,380

 
10,236

 
11,616

SBA
584

 
254

 
43

 
881

 
2,325

 
3,206

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
12,225

 
4,478

 
3,049

 
19,752

 
216,688

 
236,440

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
359

 
359

Total PCI loans
14,011

 
4,732

 
4,017

 
22,760

 
230,141

 
252,901

Total
$
44,947

 
$
9,327

 
$
19,689

 
$
73,963

 
$
2,638,105

 
$
2,712,068



35

Table of Contents

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2013, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
30 - 59 Days
Past Due
 
60 - 89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater 
than
89 Days
Past due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
1,003

 
$
1,854

 
$
769

 
$
3,626

 
$
152,864

 
$
156,490

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
653

 

 
437

 
1,090

 
146,615

 
147,705

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

 

 

 

 
5,289

 
5,289

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
113

 
113

Total NTM loans
1,656

 
1,854

 
1,206

 
4,716

 
304,881

 
309,597

Traditional loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
52

 
235

 

 
287

 
283,456

 
283,743

Commercial real estate
5,554

 
194

 

 
5,748

 
509,121

 
514,869

Multi-family
602

 

 

 
602

 
140,978

 
141,580

SBA
14

 
48

 

 
62

 
23,678

 
23,740

Construction

 

 

 

 
24,933

 
24,933

Lease financing
271

 
92

 
19

 
382

 
31,567

 
31,949

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
20,684

 
6,124

 
12,181

 
38,989

 
628,537

 
667,526

Other consumer
209

 
110

 
35

 
354

 
108,534

 
108,888

Total traditional loans
27,386

 
6,803

 
12,235

 
46,424

 
1,750,804

 
1,797,228

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
4,028

 
4,028

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 
15,014

 
15,014

SBA
45

 
1

 
106

 
152

 
3,536

 
3,688

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
21,888

 
8,580

 
12,099

 
42,567

 
272,253

 
314,820

Other consumer

 

 

 

 
1,736

 
1,736

Total PCI loans
21,933

 
8,581

 
12,205

 
42,719

 
296,567

 
339,286

Total
$
50,975

 
$
17,238

 
$
25,646

 
$
93,859

 
$
2,352,252

 
$
2,446,111


36

Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, there was one modification through bankruptcy discharge. There were no modifications for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013. The following table summarizes the pre-modification and post-modification balances of the new TDR for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
1

 
$
236

 
$
233

 
1

 
$
236

 
$
233

Total
1

 
236

 
233

 
1

 
236

 
233

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no loans and leases that were modified as TDRs during the past 12 months that had payment defaults during the periods.
Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
194

 
$
194

SBA

 
6

 
6

 

 
10

 
10

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 
3,301

 
3,301

 

 
3,605

 
3,605

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
3,451

 

 
3,451

 
3,468

 

 
3,468

Other consumer

 
1,173

 
1,173

 

 

 

Total
$
3,451

 
$
4,480

 
$
7,931

 
$
3,468

 
$
3,809

 
$
7,277

The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans or leases that were classified as troubled debt restructurings as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

37

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators
The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan or lease to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan and lease portfolio. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans and leases delinquent over 60 days and non-homogeneous loans and leases such as commercial and commercial real estate loans and leases. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogeneous loans and leases is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Pass: Loans and leases classified as pass are in compliance in all respects with the Bank’s credit policy and regulatory requirements, and do not exhibit any potential or defined weakness as defined under “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful/Loss”.
Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.
Substandard: Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful/Loss: Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Not-Rated: When accrual of income on a pool of purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans with common risk characteristics is appropriate in accordance with ASC 310-30, individual loans in those pools are not risk-rated. The credit criteria evaluated are FICO scores, loan-to-value, delinquency, and actual cash flows versus expected cash flows of the loan pools.
Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans and leases.


38

Table of Contents

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of September 30, 2014:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Not-Rated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
201,867

 
$
763

 
$
1,337

 
$

 
$

 
$
203,967

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
107,644

 
5,220

 
13,459

 

 

 
126,323

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
4,743

 

 
209

 

 

 
4,952

Other consumer
113

 

 

 

 

 
113

Total NTM loans
314,367

 
5,983

 
15,005

 

 

 
335,355

Traditional loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
357,245

 
2,998

 
4,893

 

 

 
365,136

Commercial real estate
505,088

 
1,591

 
3,572

 

 

 
510,251

Multi-family
364,252

 
1,243

 
1,869

 

 

 
367,364

SBA
22,236

 

 
287

 

 

 
22,523

Construction
25,997

 

 

 

 

 
25,997

Lease financing
71,987

 

 
40

 

 

 
72,027

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
598,515

 
8,940

 
16,836

 

 

 
624,291

Other consumer
134,888

 
102

 
1,233

 

 

 
136,223

Total traditional loans
2,080,208

 
14,874

 
28,730

 

 

 
2,123,812

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 
115

 
1,165

 

 

 
1,280

Commercial real estate
9,084

 

 
2,532

 

 

 
11,616

SBA
693

 
582

 
1,931

 

 

 
3,206

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 

 
266

 

 
236,174

 
236,440

Other consumer

 

 
359

 

 

 
359

Total PCI loans
9,777

 
697

 
6,253

 

 
236,174

 
252,901

Total
$
2,404,352

 
$
21,554

 
$
49,988

 
$

 
$
236,174

 
$
2,712,068




39

Table of Contents

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of December 31, 2013:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Not-Rated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
NTM loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
$
151,728

 
$
2,321

 
$
2,441

 
$

 
$

 
$
156,490

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
129,679

 
11,470

 
6,556

 

 

 
147,705

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens
5,073

 

 
216

 

 

 
5,289

Other consumer
113

 

 

 

 

 
113

Total NTM loans
286,593

 
13,791

 
9,213

 

 

 
309,597

Traditional loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
280,527

 
1

 
3,215

 

 

 
283,743

Commercial real estate
510,117

 

 
4,752

 

 

 
514,869

Multi-family
139,608

 

 
1,972

 

 

 
141,580

SBA
23,714

 

 
26

 

 

 
23,740

Construction
24,933

 

 

 

 

 
24,933

Lease financing
31,949

 

 

 

 

 
31,949

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
640,701

 
6,350

 
20,475

 

 

 
667,526

Other consumer
108,745

 
108

 
33

 
2

 

 
108,888

Total traditional loans
1,760,294

 
6,459

 
30,473

 
2

 

 
1,797,228

PCI loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 
969

 
3,059

 

 

 
4,028

Commercial real estate
10,148

 

 
4,866

 

 

 
15,014

SBA
844

 
605

 
2,239

 

 

 
3,688

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 

 
287

 

 
314,533

 
314,820

Other consumer

 

 
1,736

 

 

 
1,736

Total PCI loans
10,992

 
1,574

 
12,187

 

 
314,533

 
339,286

Total
$
2,057,879

 
$
21,824

 
$
51,873

 
$
2

 
$
314,533

 
$
2,446,111




40

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans and Leases
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired loans and leases through business acquisitions and purchases of loan pools for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality subsequent to origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of those loans and leases, which are sometimes collectively referred to as “PCI loans” as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,886

 
$
1,280

 
$
5,838

 
$
4,028

Commercial real estate
13,831

 
11,616

 
17,682

 
15,014

SBA
4,299

 
3,206

 
4,940

 
3,688

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
290,445

 
236,440

 
414,341

 
314,820

Other consumer
400

 
359

 
2,134

 
1,736

Total
$
310,861

 
$
252,901

 
$
444,935

 
$
339,286

The following table presents a summary of accretable yield, or income expected to be collected for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
126,842

 
$
98,239

 
$
126,336

 
$
32,207

New loans or leases purchased

 
59,798

 

 
155,416

Accretion of income
(6,534
)
 
(4,684
)
 
(20,318
)
 
(12,195
)
Changes in expected cash flows
(834
)
 
154

 
26,892

 
(5,034
)
Disposals
(23,041
)
 
(5,881
)
 
(36,477
)
 
(22,768
)
Balance at end of period
$
96,433

 
$
147,626

 
$
96,433

 
$
147,626

The Company did not purchase any PCI loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The Company sold a portion of PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values as of the respective sale dates of $61.7 million and $39.1 million, respectively, during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and $92.4 million and $56.9 million, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The Company recognized net gain on sale loans of $9.5 million and $11.8 million from these transactions for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.
The Company completed a bulk loan acquisition with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $237.4 million and $213.9 million, respectively, during the three months ended September 30, 2013, and five bulk loan acquisitions with unpaid principal balance and fair value of $473.9 million and $342.1 million, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, at the respective acquisition dates. The Company determined that certain of the loans in the bulk acquisitions reflected evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected (PCI loans). The Company sold a portion of PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $9.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively, during the three months ended September 30, 2013, and $134.9 million and $76.4 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.


41

Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – SERVICING RIGHTS
The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) from certain of its sales of residential mortgage loans. MSRs on residential mortgage loans are reported at fair value. Income earned by the Company on its MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs and third party subservicing costs. The Company retains servicing rights in connection with its SBA loan operations, which are measured using the amortization method.
Income earned from servicing rights for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was $924 thousand and $293 thousand, respectively, and $3.0 million and $939 thousand, respectively. These amounts are reported in loan servicing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents a composition of servicing rights as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
(In thousands)
Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value
$
11,376

 
$
13,535

SBA servicing rights, at cost
369

 
348

Total
$
11,745

 
$
13,883

Mortgage loans sold with servicing retained are not reported as assets and are subserviced by a third party vendor. The unpaid principal balance of these loans at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $1.24 billion and $1.37 billion, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were $8.9 million and $5.9 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The following table presents the key characteristics, inputs and economic assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
($ in thousands)
Fair value of retained MSRs
$
11,376

 
$
13,535

Decay
20.55
%
 
15.40
%
Discount rate
10.70
%
 
10.39
%
Constant prepayment rate
12.41
%
 
10.28
%
Weighted-average life (in years)
6.20

 
7.37

The following table presents activity in the MSRs for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
9,816

 
$
4,620

 
$
13,535

 
$
1,739

Additions
7,735

 
2,836

 
18,871

 
5,598

Prepayments
(308
)
 
(146
)
 
(758
)
 
(308
)
Changes in fair value resulting from valuation inputs or assumptions
110

 
(79
)
 
(1,240
)
 
251

Sales of servicing rights
(5,623
)
 

 
(17,773
)
 

Other—loans paid off
(354
)
 
(11
)
 
(1,259
)
 
(60
)
Balance at end of period
$
11,376

 
$
7,220

 
$
11,376

 
$
7,220



42

Table of Contents

SBA Servicing Rights
The Company used a discount rate of 7.25 percent to calculate the present value of cash flows and an estimated prepayment speed based on prepayment data available. Discount rates and prepayment speeds are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as appropriate. The following table presents activity in the SBA servicing rights for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
375

 
$
420

 
$
348

 
$
539

Additions
18

 

 
87

 
32

Amortization, including prepayments
(24
)
 
(37
)
 
(66
)
 
(188
)
Balance at end of period
$
369

 
$
383

 
$
369

 
$
383


NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
The following table presents the activity in other real estate owned for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
605

 
$
1,537

 
$

 
$
4,527

Additions

 

 
653

 
486

Sales and net direct write-downs

 
(154
)
 
(48
)
 
(5,630
)
Net change in valuation allowance

 

 

 
2,000

Balance at end of period
$
605

 
$
1,383

 
$
605

 
$
1,383

The following table presents the activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$

 
$
42

 
$

 
$
2,069

Additions

 
18

 

 
97

Net direct write-downs and removals from sale

 
(18
)
 

 
(2,124
)
Balance at end of period
$

 
$
42

 
$

 
$
42

The following table presents expenses related to foreclosed assets included in loan servicing and foreclosure expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Net gain (loss) on sales
$

 
$
(73
)
 
$

 
$
(224
)
Operating expenses, net of rental income

 
(22
)
 

 
(322
)
Total
$

 
$
(95
)
 
$

 
$
(546
)
The Company did not provide loans for sale of other real estate owned during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

43

Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
At September 30, 2014, the Company had goodwill of $31.6 million related to the RenovationReady, CS Financial, PBOC, and Beach Business Bank acquisitions and trade name intangible asset of $780 thousand related to the RenovationReady and CS Financial acquisitions.
The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of August 31 (the Measurement Date). At the Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluated, based on the weight of evidence, the significance of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The assessment of qualitative factors at the Measurement Date indicated that it is not more likely than not that impairment exists, as a result no futher testing was performed.
Core deposit intangibles are amortized over their useful lives ranging from 4 to 7 years. As of September 30, 2014, the weighted average remaining amortization period for core deposit intangibles was approximately 5.5 years. Customer relationship intangible, related to the RenovationReady acquisition, is amortized over its useful life of 5 years. As of September 30, 2014, the remaining amortization period for customer relationship intangible was approximately 4.3 years. The following table presents a summary of other intangible assets as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Gross
Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Value
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposit intangibles
$
15,433

 
$
5,965

 
$
9,468

Customer relationship intangible
670

 
89

 
581

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposit intangibles
$
15,433

 
$
3,281

 
$
12,152

Aggregate amortization of intangible assets was $890 thousand and $973 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $2.8 million and $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table presents estimated future amortization expenses as of September 30, 2014:
 
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018 and 
After
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Estimated future amortization expense
$
827

 
$
3,015

 
$
2,412

 
$
1,819

 
$
1,976

 
$
10,049


NOTE 9 – FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS
At September 30, 2014, the Bank had a fixed-rate advance of $15.0 million at an interest rate of 0.82 percent and variable-rate advances of $290.0 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.07 percent from the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average interest rate of 0.73 percent, and $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent.
Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.95 billion and $740.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $22.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $790.5 million at September 30, 2014. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $98.4 million at September 30, 2014.


44

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – LONG TERM DEBT
Senior Notes
On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the “Notes”) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Notes quarterly in arrears.
The Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.
Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes
On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69,000,000 of 8.00% tangible equity units (TEU’s) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a “Purchase Contract”) that will be settled by delivery of a specified number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an “Amortizing Note”) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.
The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in equity as additional paid in capital. The Amortizing Note is recorded as debt. The fair value of the Amortizing Notes was based on the fair value of similar debt instruments and was estimated to be approximately $14,634,000. The resulting value of the Purchase Contracts of $54,366,000 was recorded as additional paid-in capital on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $4,041,000 (including the underwriter discount of $3,278,000), of which $857,000 was allocated to the liability component and $3,184,000 was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $64,959,000 from the issuance of the TEUs were designated to partially finance the Company’s previously announced acquisition of 20 California branches from BPNA and for general corporate purposes. See Note 15-Shareholders’ Equity for additional information.


45

Table of Contents

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES
For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense (benefit) was $721 thousand and $(710) thousand, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 6.0 percent and 7.7 percent, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $983 thousand and $1.7 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 4.7 percent and (116.4) percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased due to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance established in 2013. Due to the inability to reliably estimate the income for the year, the Company has used the year to date effective tax rate as the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate, under ASC 740-270-30.
The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the ability to forecast future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $8.7 million, net of a $8.3 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance.
The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 (formally FIN 48), which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $3.2 million and $2.2 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months. As of September 30, 2014, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $314 thousand. In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $23 thousand and $0 accrued interest or penalties, respectively.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (except for the pre-acquisition federal tax return of Gateway Bancorp (acquired by the Company in 2012), which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years). The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2009 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).


46

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 – MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
The Bank originates conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sells these loans in the secondary market. The amount of net gain on mortgage banking activities is a function of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair values of these loans and derivatives. Net gain on mortgage banking activities includes mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales contracts, and initial capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Bank originated $801.5 million and $2.03 billion, respectively, and sold $798.3 million and $1.98 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, respectively. The net gain and margin were $23.8 million and 2.97 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the net gain and margin were $62.2 million and 3.07 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $8.2 million. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $7.3 million and $17.9 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Bank originated $521.0 million and $1.39 billion, respectively, and sold $517.5 million and $1.25 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, respectively. The net gain and margin were $12.5 million and 2.39 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the net gain and margin were $44.1 million and 3.18 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $8.8 million. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $2.8 million and $5.4 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.
Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations
In addition to net gain on mortgage banking activities, the Company records provisions to the representation and warranty reserve representing our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases or loss reimbursements. Total provision for loan repurchases totaled $1.6 million and $375 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $3.1 million and $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Of these total provision for loan repurchases, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $402 thousand and $1.0 million against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014.
The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss on repurchased loans for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
6,174

 
$
3,974

 
$
5,427

 
$
3,485

Provision for loan repurchases
1,556

 
375

 
3,094

 
1,363

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans
(685
)
 
(67
)
 
(1,476
)
 
(566
)
Balance at end of period
$
7,045

 
$
4,282

 
$
7,045

 
$
4,282



47

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – RISK MANAGEMENT AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
The Company uses derivative instruments and other risk management techniques to reduce its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates in accordance with its risk management policies. The Company utilizes forward contracts and investor commitments to economically hedge mortgage banking products and may from time to time use interest rate swaps as hedges against certain liabilities.
On September 30, 2013, the Company entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest-rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps were $50.0 million with a maturity date of September 27, 2018. The fair values of the interest rate swaps were gains of $105 thousand and $226 thousand as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
The Company originates residential real estate mortgage loans and generates revenues from the origination and sale of these loans. Although management closely monitors market conditions, such activities are sensitive to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and real estate markets. As of September 30, 2014, approximately 73.9 percent of all properties securing loans held for sale were located in California. A change in the underlying economic conditions of the California residential real estate market could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.
In connection with mortgage banking activities, if interest rates increase, the value of the Company’s loan commitments to borrowers and fixed rate mortgage loans held-for-sale are adversely impacted. The Company attempts to economically hedge the risk of the overall change in the fair value of loan commitments to borrowers and mortgage loans held for sale by selling forward contracts on securities with government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) and investors in loans. Forward contracts on securities of GSEs and loan commitments to borrowers are non-designated derivative instruments and the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At September 30, 2014, the resulting derivative assets of $6.9 million and liabilities of $596 thousand, are included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. At September 30, 2014, the Company had outstanding forward sales commitments totaling $307.0 million. At September 30, 2014, the Company was committed to fund loans for borrowers of approximately $200.4 million.
The net losses relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management were $2.5 million and $4.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $11.6 million and $4.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of operations.
The following table presents the amount and market value of derivative instruments included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of the dates indicated. Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, contains further disclosures pertaining to the fair value of mortgage banking derivatives.
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
Included in assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
$
192,701

 
$
6,850

 
$
129,010

 
$
3,962

Mandatory forward commitments

 

 
242,337

 
1,305

Interest rate swap
50,000

 
105

 
50,000

 
226

Total included in assets
$
242,701

 
$
6,955

 
$
421,347

 
$
5,493

Included in liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
$
7,738

 
$
325

 
$

 
$

Mandatory forward commitments
307,000

 
271

 

 

Total included in liabilities
$
314,738

 
$
596

 
$

 
$



48

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
Share-based Compensation Expense
For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, share-based compensation expense was $1.7 million and $446 thousand, respectively, and the related tax benefits were $0 and $0, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, share-based compensation expense was $4.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and the related tax benefits were $0 and $0, respectively.
On July 16, 2013, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the 2013 Omnibus Plan). Upon the approval of the 2013 Omnibus Plan, the Company ceased being able to grant new awards under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any prior equity incentive plans. The 2013 Omnibus Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock that may be subject to awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan will be 20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the Share Limit), provided that in no event will the Share Limit be less than the greater of 2,384,711 shares of Company common stock and the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock with respect to which awards have been properly granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan up to that point in time. As of September 30, 2014, based on the number of shares registered for issuance under the 2013 Omnibus Plan, 821,782 shares were available for future awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan.
Unrecognized Share-based Compensation Expense
The following table presents unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of September 30, 2014:
 
 
Unrecognized
Expense
 
Average
Expected
Recognition
Period
 
($ in thousands)
Stock option awards
$
1,193

 
3.3 years
Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units
11,079

 
3.5 years
Total
$
12,272

 
3.5 years
Stock Options
The Company has issued stock options to certain employees, officers and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant, and generally have a three-to five-year vesting period and contractual terms of 7 to 10 years.
The following table represents stock option activity as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
 
Aggregated
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands) 
Outstanding at beginning of period
818,054

 
$
12.75

 
7.5 years
 
$

Granted
81,016

 
$
11.65

 
9.8 years
 
$
22

Exercised
(20,000
)
 
$
11.78

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of period
879,070

 
$
12.67

 
7.5 years
 
$
59

Exercisable at end of period
206,016

 
$
11.34

 
7.4 years
 
$
59


49

Table of Contents

The following table represents stock option activity as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
 
Aggregated
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands) 
Outstanding at beginning of period
734,721

 
$
12.73

 
7.5 years
 
$
741

Granted
231,016

 
$
12.05

 
9.6 years
 
$
22

Exercised
(86,667
)
 
$
11.46

 

 


Outstanding at end of period
879,070

 
$
12.67

 
7.5 years
 
$
59

Exercisable at end of period
206,016

 
$
11.34

 
7.4 years
 
$
59


The following table represents changes in unvested stock options and related information as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30, 2014
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30, 2014
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
Non-vested outstanding at beginning of period
544,569

 
$
12.93

 
419,569

 
$
13.16

Granted
81,016

 
$
11.65

 
231,016

 
$
12.05

Vested
(20,000
)
 
$
12.64

 
(45,000
)
 
$
12.76

Non-vested outstanding at end of period
605,585

 
$
12.77

 
605,585

 
$
12.77

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units
The Company also has granted restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to certain employees, officers and directors. The restricted stock awards and units are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The restricted stock awards and units fully vest after a specified number of years (ranging from one to five years) of continued employment from the date of grant. The Company recognizes an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock, generally when vested or, in the case of restricted stock units, when settled.
The following table represents restricted stock awards and restricted stock units activity as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30, 2014
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30, 2014
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Price per
Share
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Price per
Share
Non-vested shares outstanding at beginning of period
1,276,453

 
$
12.93

 
893,886

 
$
13.78

Granted
154,981

 
$
11.47

 
798,460

 
$
11.83

Vested
(37,477
)
 
$
14.03

 
(137,268
)
 
$
13.55

Forfeited
(58,975
)
 
$
13.43

 
(220,096
)
 
$
13.31

Non-vested shares outstanding at end of period
1,334,982

 
$
12.70

 
1,334,982

 
$
12.70


50

Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights
On August 21, 2012, the Company granted to its chief executive officer a ten-year stock appreciation right (SAR) with respect to 500,000 shares (Initial SAR) of the Company’s common stock with a base price of $12.12 per share. One third of the Initial SAR vested on the grant date, one third vested on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-third vested on the second anniversary of the grant date such that the SAR was fully vested on the second anniversary of the grant date. Upon cessation of the chief executive officer’s service with the Company for “Cause” or without “Good Reason” (including a cessation of service following the expiration of the term of the chief executive officer’s employment agreement), the vested portion of all SARs will expire 90 days following the cessation of service. Except as otherwise described below for the Additional SAR VI, additional SARs (Additional SARs) have been issued to the Company’s chief executive officer with the same terms and conditions (including vesting and dividend equivalent rights) as the Initial SAR pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions under the SAR agreement with the Company due to the Company’s subsequent issuances of shares of common stock.
On May 21, 2014, the Company issued additional SARs (Additional SAR VI) to the Company’s chief executive officer relating to a public offering of the Company’s tangible equity units (TEUs). Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share. The number of settlement shares underlying the Additional SAR VI was calculated using the initial maximum settlement rate and, therefore, the number of shares underlying the Additional SAR VI is subject to adjustment and forfeiture if the aggregate number of shares of stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract is less than the initial maximum settlement rate.

Until each Purchase Contract settles and the voting common stock related thereto is issued, each corresponding Additional SAR VI has a vesting date of May 21, 2017 and has no dividend equivalent rights prior to vesting. The Additional SAR VI vests earlier as follows: (i) for any Purchase Contract settled before August 21, 2014, the Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract became 2/3 vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract was settled and the remaining 1/3 became vested and exercisable on August 21, 2014 and, until it became vested on August 21, 2014, the 1/3 unvested Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract was eligible for the same dividend equivalent rights as the Initial SAR; (ii) for any Purchase Contract settled in shares of voting common stock on or after August 21, 2014, then the Additional SAR VI corresponding to such Purchase Contract shall become 100% vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract is settled; and (iii) if the aggregate number of shares of voting common stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract on the settlement date (the Actually Issued Common Shares) is less than the initial maximum settlement rate, then the Additional SAR VI related to that single Purchase Contract shall be recalculated and adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Initial SAR based on the Actually Issued Common Shares instead of the initial maximum settlement rate and the chief executive officer shall forfeit on such settlement date any Additional SAR VI granted in excess of those that would have been granted on the respective settlement date.
In conjunction with the pending acquisition of branches of Banco Popular North America which is anticipated to close on or about November 7, 2014, the Company will also sell and issue shares of voting common stock to OCM BOCA Investor, LLC (Oaktree), an entity owned by investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., and (ii) Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P, resulting in anticipated gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $50 million. It is estimated that the Company’s chief executive officer will be issued 216,263 additional SARs related to this new issuance.
The following table represents a summary of all outstanding SARs (Initial SAR, Additional SARs and Additional SAR VI, together the SARs):
 
 
Initial SAR
 
Additional

SAR I
(1)
 
Additional

SAR II
(2)
 
Additional

SAR III
(3)
 
Additional

SAR IV
(4)
 
Additional

SAR V
(5)
 
Additional

SAR VI
(6)
Grant Date
8/21/2012

 
6/21/2013

 
7/1/2013

 
7/2/2013

 
12/10/2013

 
5/21/2014

 
5/21/2014

Number of shares
500,000

 
150,933

 
88,366

 
15,275

 
70,877

 
252,023

 
289,116

Base price per share
$
12.12

 
$
13.06

 
$
13.60

 
$
13.55

 
$
12.83

 
$
10.09

 
$
10.09

Grant date fair value per share
$
3.58

 
$
1.86

 
$
1.94

 
$
1.93

 
$
1.86

 
$
1.22

 
$
1.58

 
(1)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on June 21, 2013.

51

Table of Contents

(2)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in connection with the PBOC acquisition completed on July 1, 2013.
(3)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for the exercise of over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Company’s public common stock offering initially completed on June 21, 2013.
(4)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in a private placement completed on December 10, 2013.
(5)
Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on May 21, 2014.
(6)
The Additional SAR VI originally related to 300,219 shares of common stock with a scheduled vesting of May 21, 2017, as described above. As a result of the settlements of portions of the Purchase Contacts, the Additional SAR VI accelerated in vesting with respect to 81,979 shares and 11,103 shares were forfeited as of September 30, 2014. A portion of Additional SAR VI that has accelerated in vesting has the same terms and conditions as the Initial SAR.
The SARs originally were to be settled in cash and the compensation expense for the SARs was recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the grant date and adjusted each quarter. On December 13, 2013, the Company amended the Initial SAR agreement to provide that the SARs be settled in shares of voting common stock rather than cash, with all other terms remaining substantially the same. Currently, compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the conversion date for the SARs issued before the conversion date and grant dates for the SARs issued after the conversion date.

NOTE 15—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Warrants
On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable from the date of issuance through November 1, 2015. On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. Of these warrants, warrants for the right to purchase 960,000 shares are now held indirectly by Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and warrants for the right to purchase 435,000 shares are now held by Jeffrey T. Seabold, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company. These warrants are exercisable at the time of issuance based upon the additional shares issued and the anti-dilutive provisions set in the agreement and became fully exercisable at the time the anti-dilutive event occurred. These warrants are exercisable for five years after the original vesting date. The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely dispersed offering or in other limited circumstances.

Common Stock
On June 21, 2013, the Company issued 2,268,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering for gross proceeds of approximately $29.5 million and 1,153,846 shares of voting common stock to two institutional investors in a registered direct offering for gross proceeds of approximately $15 million.
On July 2, 2013, the Company issued an additional 360,000 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $4.4 million.
On December 10, 2013, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 1,509,450 shares of common stock in a private placement to Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. at $13.25 per share, in exchange for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $20 million.
On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering and for gross proceeds of approximately $50.4 million and 772,500 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $7.6 million.
Perpetual Preferred Stock
On June 12, 2013, in an underwritten public offering, the Company sold 1,400,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, at an offering price of $25.00 per depositary share, for gross proceeds of $33.9 million. The Company also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 210,000 depositary shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price, for potential additional gross proceeds of $5.1 million, which the underwriters exercised in full on July 8, 2013.

52

Table of Contents

As discussed under Note 2, Business Combinations and Branch Sales, on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of PBOC. Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share), designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.
Tangible Equity Units
On May 21, 2014, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 1,380,000 of its tangible equity units (TEUs), which included 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon the full exercise of its over-allotment option, resulting in net proceeds of $65.0 million. Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then-applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share.
From the first business day following the issuance of the TEUs to but excluding the third business day immediately preceding May 15, 2017, a holder of a Purchase Contract may settle its Purchase Contract early, and the Company will deliver to the holder 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. The holder also may elect to settle its Purchase Contract early in connection with a “fundamental change,” in which case the holder will receive a number of shares of voting common stock based on a fundamental change early settlement rate. The Company may elect to settle all Purchase Contracts early by delivering to each holder 5.1124 shares of voting common stock or, under certain circumstances, by delivering 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. As of September 30, 2014, a total of 435,600 Purchase Contracts had been settled early by their holders, resulting in the issuance by the Company of 1,936,503 shares of voting common stock. As of September 30, 2014, 944,400 Purchase Contracts remained outstanding.

Each Amortizing Note has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. On each August 15, November 15, February 15 and May 15, commencing on August 15, 2014, the Company will pay holders of Amortizing Notes equal quarterly cash installments of $1.00 per Amortizing Note (or, in the case of the installment payment due on August 15, 2014, $0.933333 per Amortizing Note) (such installments, the “installment payments”), which installment payments in the aggregate will be equivalent to a 8.00% cash distribution per year with respect to each $50.00 stated amount of TEUs. Each installment payment will constitute a payment of interest (at a rate of 7.50% per annum) and a partial repayment of principal on each Amortizing Note. The Company has the right to defer installment payments at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019. If the Company elects to settle the Purchase Contracts early, the holders of the Amortizing Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Amortizing Notes.

53

Table of Contents

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income includes unrealized gain (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities and unrealized gain on cash flow hedge. Changes to other accumulated other comprehensive income are presented net of tax effect as a component of equity. Reclassifications from accumulated comprehensive income are recorded on the statements of operations either as a gain or loss.
The following table presents changes to accumulate other comprehensive income by components are presented in the following tables for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on AFS
Securities
 
Cash Flow
Hedge
 
Total
 
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on AFS
Securities
 
Cash Flow
Hedge
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
774

 
$
(283
)
 
$
491

 
$
(826
)
 
$
226

 
$
(600
)
Unrealized gain(loss) arising during the period
(980
)
 
388

 
(592
)
 
1,142

 
(121
)
 
1,021

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

 

 

 
(522
)
 

 
(522
)
Tax effect of current period changes

 

 

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes
(980
)
 
388

 
(592
)
 
620

 
(121
)
 
499

Balance at end of period
$
(206
)
 
$
105

 
$
(101
)
 
$
(206
)
 
$
105

 
$
(101
)
September 30, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
788

 
$

 
$
788

 
$
1,397

 
$

 
$
1,397

Unrealized gain(loss) arising during the period
(644
)
 

 
(644
)
 
(944
)
 

 
(944
)
Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income
(10
)
 

 
(10
)
 
(319
)
 

 
(319
)
Tax effect of current period changes

 

 

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes
(654
)
 

 
(654
)
 
(1,263
)
 

 
(1,263
)
Balance at end of period
$
134

 
$

 
$
134

 
$
134

 
$

 
$
134


NOTE 16 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders is computed by subtracting income allocated to participating securities, participating securities dividends and preferred stock dividend from net income. Participating securities are instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, which includes the SARs to the extent they confer dividend equivalent rights, as described under “Stock Appreciation Rights” in Note 14. Basic earnings (loss) per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, including the minimum number of shares issuable under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the restricted stock units, the potentially issuable shares in excess of the minimum under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units, outstanding stock options, and warrants to purchase common stock.

54

Table of Contents

Computations for basic and diluted EPS are provided below.
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
Common
Stock
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Total
 
Common
Stock
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Total
 
($ in thousands, except per share data)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
11,018

 
$
208

 
$
11,226

 
$
19,647

 
$
457

 
$
20,104

Less: income allocated to participating securities
(216
)
 
(4
)
 
(220
)
 
(280
)
 
(7
)
 
(287
)
Less: participating securities dividends
(136
)
 
(3
)
 
(139
)
 
(365
)
 
(8
)
 
(373
)
Less: preferred stock dividends
(893
)
 
(17
)
 
(910
)
 
(2,668
)
 
(62
)
 
(2,730
)
Net income allocated to common shareholders
$
9,773

 
$
184

 
$
9,957

 
$
16,334

 
$
380

 
$
16,714

Weighted average common shares outstanding
31,968,316

 
602,783

 
32,571,099

 
25,649,940

 
596,316

 
26,246,256

Basic earnings per common share
$
0.31

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.64

 
$
0.64

 
$
0.64

Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income allocated to common shareholders
$
9,773

 
$
184

 
$
9,957

 
$
16,334

 
$
380

 
$
16,714

Additional income allocation for class B dilutive shares
(29
)
 
29

 

 
(86
)
 
86

 

Adjusted net income allocated to common shareholders
$
9,744

 
$
213

 
$
9,957

 
$
16,248

 
$
466

 
$
16,714

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share
31,968,316

 
602,783

 
32,571,099

 
25,649,940

 
596,316

 
26,246,256

Add: Dilutive effects of restricted stock units
17,604

 

 
17,604

 
33,865

 

 
33,865

Add: Dilutive effects of purchase contracts

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of stock options
5,945

 

 
5,945

 
12,221

 

 
12,221

Add: Dilutive effects of warrants

 
95,088

 
95,088

 

 
137,521

 
137,521

Average shares and dilutive common shares
31,991,865

 
697,871

 
32,689,736

 
25,696,026

 
733,837

 
26,429,863

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.30

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.64

 
$
0.63

September 30, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
(8,260
)
 
$
(274
)
 
$
(8,534
)
 
$
(3,039
)
 
$
(203
)
 
$
(3,242
)
Less: income allocated to participating securities

 

 

 

 

 

Less: preferred stock dividends
(916
)
 
(30
)
 
(946
)
 
(1,157
)
 
(77
)
 
(1,234
)
Net income allocated to common shareholders
$
(9,176
)
 
$
(304
)
 
$
(9,480
)
 
$
(4,196
)
 
$
(280
)
 
$
(4,476
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
17,471,546

 
579,490

 
18,051,036

 
13,197,764

 
880,284

 
14,078,048

Basic earnings per common share
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.32
)
 
$
(0.32
)
 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income allocated to common shareholders
$
(9,176
)
 
$
(304
)
 
$
(9,480
)
 
$
(4,196
)
 
$
(280
)
 
$
(4,476
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share
17,471,546

 
579,490

 
18,051,036

 
13,197,764

 
880,284

 
14,078,048

Add: Dilutive effects of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effects of warrants

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive common shares
17,471,546

 
579,490

 
18,051,036

 
13,197,764

 
880,284

 
14,078,048

Diluted earnings per common share
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
(0.32
)
 
$
(0.32
)
 
$
(0.32
)

55

Table of Contents

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, there were 673,054 and 598,054 stock options, respectively, for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, there were 605,235 stock options and 754,574 warrants for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive.

NOTE 17—OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.
The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows for the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Fixed
Rate
 
Variable
Rate
 
Fixed
Rate
 
Variable
Rate
 
(In thousands)
Financial Instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit
$
59,892

 
$
46,534

 
$
35,425

 
$
61,613

Unused lines of credit
18,633

 
272,510

 
3,403

 
268,669

Letters of credit
760

 
7,569

 
10

 
6,289

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.
As of September 30, 2014, total forward commitments were $461.2 million. These commitments consisted of jumbo mortgage loan sale commitments of $112.7 million, TBAs of $307.0 million, best efforts of $41.5 million, and other commitments of $0. Additionally, the Company had IRLCs of $200.4 million at September 30, 2014.

NOTE 18—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Bank has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests. Loans outstanding to officers and directors and their related interests amounted to $200 thousand and $748 thousand at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those of comparable transactions with non-insiders prevailing at the time, in accordance with the Bank’s underwriting guidelines, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. The Bank has an Employee Loan Program (the “Program”) which offers executive officers, directors and principal shareholders that meet the eligibility requirements the opportunity to participate on the same terms as employees generally, provided that any loan to an executive officer, director or principal shareholder must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The sole benefit provided under the Program is a reduction in loan fees.
Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests amounted to $3.5 million and $10.5 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
Transactions Involving Steven A. Sugarman. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with or relatives of Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.
Palisades Lease Payment Reimbursements. The Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades Group, LLC (Palisades) on September 10, 2013, at which time Palisades occupied premises in Santa Monica, California leased by COR Securities Holding, Inc. (CORSHI), of which Mr. Sugarman is the Chief Executive Officer as well as a shareholder (both directly and indirectly). In light of the benefit received by Palisades of its occupancy of the Santa Monica premises, the non-interested directors of the Company’s Board ratified reimbursement to CORSHI for rental payments made for the Santa Monica premises for the period commencing September 16, 2013 through the last date Palisades occupies the premises. Palisades negotiated with an unaffiliated third party a lease for new premises and occupied those premises on June 27, 2014. On the same date, Palisades vacated the Santa Monica CORSHI premises.

56

Table of Contents

The aggregate rent payments reimbursed to CORSHI from September 16, 2013 through December 30, 2013 were $39,972 comprised of (i) $5,661, the pro-rated base rent amount for the partial month of September 2013; (ii) $11,324 per month in base rent for the months of October and November 2013, and (iii) $11,663 per month in base rent for the month of December 2013.
Regarding the security deposit for the premises, after Palisades occupied the CORSHI premises, the Company reimbursed CORSHI relating to a security deposit amount for the premises of $33,844. The Company received reimbursement of this security deposit amount from Palisades. For the months of January 1, 2014 through June 27, 2014, CORSHI granted Palisades a rent abatement equal to the $33,844 security deposit and combined with additional payments, Palisades paid leasing costs totaling $57,616 to CORSHI for that same time period. The Board’s Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees have monitored all the reimbursement costs and will review the aggregate reimbursement costs.
Palisades Consulting Agreement. As discussed above, the Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades, on September 16, 2013. Effective July 1, 2013, Palisades entered into a consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman, Mr. Sugarman’s brother. Jason Sugarman provides advisory services to financial institutions and other institutional clients related to investments in residential mortgages, real estate and real estate related assets and Palisades entered into the agreement with Jason Sugarman to provide these types of consulting services. The consulting agreement is for a term of 5 years, with a minimum payment of $30,000 owed at the end of each quarter for consulting services Jason Sugarman has provided Palisades. There is also the potential for additional bonus payments based on the nature of work performed and the financial results of Palisades. The aggregate amount of identified payments that will be paid by Palisades to Jason Sugarman under the five-year term of the consulting agreement will exceed $600,000. The $600,000 is the minimum amount owed but does not include any bonuses that may be earned under the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, amounts earned by Jason Sugarman under the consulting agreement totaled $120,662 and $150,662, respectively. The consulting agreement may be terminated at any time by ether Palisades or Jason Sugarman upon 30 days prior written notice. The consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman was reviewed as a related party transaction and approved by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and approved by the disinterested directors of the Board.
CS Financial Acquisition. Certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman received benefits as part of the CS Financial acquisition described in detail below under “—Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold.”
Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey T. Seabold, who currently is employed as Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank and previously served as a director of the Company and the Bank.
CS Financial Acquisition. Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by Jeffrey T. Seabold and in which certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman also owned certain minority, non-controlling interests. The following is a description of the transaction.
CS Financial Service Agreement. On December 27, 2012, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (Services Agreement) with CS Financial. On December 27, 2012, Mr. Seabold was then a member of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank. Under the Services Agreement, CS Financial agreed to provide the Bank such reasonably requested financial analysis, management consulting, knowledge sharing, training services and general advisory services as the Bank and CS Financial mutually agreed upon with respect to the Bank’s residential mortgage lending business, including strategic plans and business objectives, compliance function, monitoring, reporting and related systems, and policies and procedures, at a monthly fee of $100,000. The Services Agreement was recommended by disinterested members of management of the Bank and negotiated and approved by special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank (Special Committees), comprised exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of the Boards. Each of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company also considered and approved the Services Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Special Committees.
On May 13, 2013, the Bank hired Mr. Seabold as Managing Director and Chief Lending Officer by entering into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Seabold (the Employment Agreement). Simultaneously, the Bank terminated, with immediate effect, its Services Agreement with CS Financial. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total compensation paid to CS Financial under the Services Agreement was $439,000.
Option to Acquire CS Financial. Under the Employment Agreement, Mr. Seabold granted to the Company and the Bank an option (CS Call Option), to acquire CS Financial for a purchase price of $10 million, payable pursuant to the terms provided under the Employment Agreement. Based upon the recommendation of the Special Committees, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors and consultants, the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank, with Mr. Sugarman recusing himself from the discussions and vote due to previously disclosed conflicts of interest, approved the recommendation of the Special Committees and, pursuant to a letter dated July 29, 2013, the Company indicated that the CS Call Option was being exercised by the Bank, subject to the negotiation and execution of definitive

57

Table of Contents

transaction documentation consistent with the applicable provisions of the Employment Agreement and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth therein.
Merger Agreement. After exercise of the CS Call Option as described above, the Company and the Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with CS Financial, the shareholders of CS Financial (Sellers) and Mr. Seabold, as the Sellers’ Representative and completed its acquisition of CS Financial on October 31, 2013.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, which was approved by the Board of Directors of each of the Company, the Bank and CS Financial, at the effective time of the Merger, the outstanding shares of common stock of CS Financial were converted into the right to receive in the aggregate: (1) upon the closing of the Merger, (a) 173,791 shares (Closing Date Shares) of voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (Voting Common Stock), and (b) $1,500,000 in cash and $3,150,000 in the form of a noninterest-bearing note issued by the Company to Mr. Seabold that was due and paid by the Company on January 2, 2014; and (2) upon the achievement of certain performance targets by the Bank’s Lending Division following the closing of the Merger that are set forth in the Merger Agreement, up to 92,781 shares (Performance Shares) of Voting Common Stock ((1) and (2), together, Merger Consideration).
Seller Stock Consideration. The Sellers under the Merger Agreement included Mr. Seabold, and the following relatives of Mr. Sugarman: Jason Sugarman (brother), Elizabeth Sugarman (sister-in-law), and Michael Sugarman (father), who each owned minority, non-controlling interests in CS Financial.
Upon the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the aggregate shares of Voting Common Stock issued as the consideration to the Sellers was 173,791 shares, which was allocated by the Sellers and issued as follows: (i) 103,663 shares to Mr. Seabold, (ii) 16,140 shares to Jason Sugarman, (iii) 16,140 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman, (iv) 3,228 shares to Michael Sugarman, and (v) 34,620 shares to certain employees of CS Financial. Of the 103,663 shares to be issued to Mr. Seabold, as allowed under the Merger Agreement and in consideration of repayment of a certain debt incurred by CS Financial owed to an entity controlled by Elizabeth Sugarman, Mr. Seabold requested the Company to issue all 103,663 shares directly to Elizabeth Sugarman, and such shares were so issued by the Company to Elizabeth Sugarman.
On or about October 31, 2014, a certain portion of the Performance Shares were issued as follows: (i) 28,545 shares to Mr. Seabold, (ii) 1,082 shares to Jason Sugarman, (iii) 1,082 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman, and (iv) 216 shares to Michael Sugarman.
Approval of the CS Call Option, Merger Agreement and Merger. All decisions and actions with respect to the exercise of the CS Agreement Option, the Merger Agreement and the Merger (including without limitation the determination of the Merger Consideration and the other material terms of the Merger Agreement) fall under the purview and authority of special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank, which are each composed exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of such Boards of Directors, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors. Mr. Sugarman abstained from the vote of each of the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger.
Transaction Involving Halle Benett. On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its Voting Common Stock in an underwritten public offering and 772,500 shares of Voting Common Stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option. Halle Benett, a director of the Company and the Bank, became employed on April 1, 2014 as a Managing Director and Co-head of the Diversified Financials Group at Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel company. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acted as one of the underwriters of the public offering and it received gross underwriting fees and commissions from the Company of approximately $520,644 for its services as an underwriter (less expenses, the amount was $481,166).
Transaction Involving Former Chairman Timothy R. Chrisman. On May 15, 2014, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a strategic advisor agreement with Chrisman & Co., pursuant to which Timothy R. Chrisman would provide strategic advisory services for the Company. On May 15, 2014, Mr. Chrisman retired from the Company Board upon expiration of the term of his directorship after the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of shareholders. The initial term of the strategic advisor agreement is for a period of one year and, thereafter, the agreement may be extended on a month-to-month basis. For services performed during the initial term, a fixed annual advisory fee of $200,000 will be paid to Chrisman & Co. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Mr. Chrisman had received payments totaling $75,000 under the agreement.
Transaction with TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P., a Greater than 5 percent Shareholder as of December 31, 2013. TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. (TCW) initially became a holder of the Company’s Voting Common Stock and non-voting common stock (Non-Voting Common Stock) as a lead investor in the November 2010 recapitalization of the Company (the Recapitalization). In connection with its investment in the Recapitalization, TCW also was issued by the

58

Table of Contents

Company an immediately exercisable five-year warrant (the TCW Warrant) to purchase 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock or, to the extent provided therein, shares of Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock. TCW was issued shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in the Recapitalization because at that time, a controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, the investment manager to TCW, was held by a foreign banking organization, and in order to prevent TCW from being considered a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the number of shares of Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization had to be limited to 4.99 percent of the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding immediately following the Recapitalization. For the same reason, the TCW Warrant could be exercised by TCW for Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock only to the extent TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock at the time of exercise would be less than 4.99 percent as a result of dilution occurring from additional issuances of Voting Common Stock subsequent to the Recapitalization.
In 2013, the foreign banking organization sold its controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, eliminating the need to limit TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock to 4.99 percent. As a result, on May 29, 2013, the Company and TCW entered into a Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated May 29, 2013 (Exchange Agreement), pursuant to which TCW may from time to time exchange its shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for shares of Voting Common Stock issued by the Company on a share-for-share basis, provided that immediately following any such exchange, TCW’s percentage ownership of Voting Common Stock does not exceed 9.99 percent. The shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that may be exchanged by TCW pursuant to the Exchange Agreement include the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization, the additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock TCW acquired subsequent to the Recapitalization (and may in the future acquire) pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and any additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that TCW acquires pursuant to its exercise of the TCW Warrant.
On June 3, 2013, TCW exchanged 550,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for the same number of shares of Voting Common Stock. As a result of that exchange and based on a Schedule 13-F and 13-G TCW filed with the SEC during the first quarter of 2014, the Company believes that as of December 31, 2013 TCW held 1,078,250 shares of Voting Common Stock and 466,830 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, plus the TCW Warrant under which up to 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued upon exercise and may thereafter be exchanged for shares of Voting Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
Securities Purchase Agreement with Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., a Greater than 5 percent Shareholder. As reported in a Schedule 13-D filed with the SEC on December 10, 2013, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. (Patriot) hold 1,509,450 shares of the Company’s Voting Common Stock. As previously disclosed, on April 22, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with Patriot to raise a portion of the capital to be used to finance the previously announced acquisition of select assets and assumption of certain liabilities comprising BPNA’S network of 20 California branches by the Bank. The SPA with Patriot was due to expire by its terms at the end of the day on October 31, 2014. Prior to such expiration, the Company and Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P. (together referred to as Patriot Partners) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2014 (New SPA), which provides that, at the closing of the sale of shares contemplated thereby, Patriot Partners will simultaneously purchase from the Company (i) 1,076,000 shares of its voting common stock at a price of $9.78 per share and (ii) 824,000 shares of its voting common stock at a price of $11.55 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $20,040,480. In consideration for Patriot’s commitment under the New Patriot SPA, the Company agreed to pay to Patriot at the closing of the sale of shares contemplated thereby an equity support payment of $538,000. These transactions and share issuances will occur concurrently with the acquisition of the BPNA branches, which is anticipated to close on or about November 7, 2014.

NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Pending Acquisition of Banco Popular's California Branch Network
As discussed under Note 2, Business Combinations and Branch Sales, the pending Branch Acquisition is anticipated to close on or about November 7, 2014. The Branch Acquisition is subject to customary conditions to closing and the obligation of the Bank to complete the transaction is subject to its receipt of financing necessary to complete the transaction on the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement. In conjunction with the anticipated closing of the Branch Acquisition, the Company will also sell and issue shares of voting common stock to OCM BOCA Investor, LLC (“Oaktree”), an entity owned by investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., and (ii) Patriot Financial Partners, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P, resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $50 million.

59

Table of Contents

Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial data included herein. Other than the events disclosed above, there have been no subsequent events occurred during such period that would require disclosure in this report or would be required to be recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) as of September 30, 2014.


60

Table of Contents

ITEM 2 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and general practices within the banking industry. Within these financial statements, certain financial information contains approximate measurements of financial effects of transactions and impacts at the consolidated statements of financial condition dates and our results of operations for the reporting period. As certain accounting policies require significant estimates and assumptions that have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities, we have established critical accounting policies to facilitate making the judgment necessary to prepare financial statements. Our critical accounting policies are described in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Significant Accounting Policies” in this Form 10-Q.

61

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents certain selected financial data as of or for the periods indicated:
 
 As of or For the Three Months Ended September 30,
 
 As of or For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
($ in thousands, except per share data)
Selected financial condition data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
4,537,996

 
$
3,718,373

 
$
4,537,996

 
$
3,718,373

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance
2,686,785

 
2,577,058

 
2,686,785

 
2,577,058

Loans held for sale
1,127,339

 
367,111

 
1,127,339

 
367,111

Securities available-for-sale
310,385

 
167,998

 
310,385

 
167,998

Cash and cash equivalents
184,985

 
416,010

 
184,985

 
416,010

Deposits
3,631,710

 
3,259,374

 
3,631,710

 
3,259,374

Total borrowings
400,549

 
107,224

 
400,549

 
107,224

Total equity
446,881

 
302,580

 
446,881

 
302,580

Average balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average interest-earning assets
$
4,228,555

 
$
3,286,840

 
$
3,887,559

 
$
2,397,486

Average interest-bearing liabilities
3,448,801

 
2,659,186

 
3,191,097

 
1,995,855

Total average assets
4,391,523

 
3,439,433

 
4,053,810

 
2,509,750

Total average equity
449,392

 
336,963

 
388,474

 
244,778

Selected operations data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total interest income
$
46,649

 
$
33,846

 
$
133,059

 
$
79,755

Total interest expense
8,463

 
6,903

 
24,113

 
15,828

Provision for loan and lease losses
2,780

 
2,109

 
6,817

 
6,195

Total non-interest income
44,098

 
18,226

 
104,748

 
62,226

Total non-interest expense
67,557

 
52,304

 
185,790

 
121,456

Income before income taxes
11,947

 
(9,244
)
 
21,087

 
(1,498
)
Income tax expense
721

 
(710
)
 
983

 
1,744

Net income
11,226

 
(8,534
)
 
20,104

 
(3,242
)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
910

 
946

 
2,730

 
1,234

Net income available to common shareholders
10,316

 
(9,480
)
 
17,374

 
(4,476
)
Basic earnings per total common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted earnings per total common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.63

 
$
(0.32
)
Performance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
1.01
%
 
(0.98
)%
 
0.66
%
 
(0.17
)%
Return on average equity
9.91
%
 
(10.05
)%
 
6.92
%
 
(1.77
)%
Dividend payout ratio (1)
38.71
%
 
 %
 
56.25
%
 
 %
Interest rate spread information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
3.41
%
 
3.06
 %
 
3.57
%
 
3.39
 %
Net interest margin (2)
3.58
%
 
3.25
 %
 
3.75
%
 
3.56
 %
Ratio of operating expense to average total assets
6.10
%
 
6.03
 %
 
6.13
%
 
6.47
 %
Efficiency ratio (3)
82.10
%
 
115.80
 %
 
86.94
%
 
96.28
 %
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
122.61
%
 
123.60
 %
 
121.83
%
 
120.12
 %
Credit quality:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.86
%
 
0.45
 %
 
0.86
%
 
0.45
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (4)
65.96
%
 
124.16
 %
 
65.96
%
 
124.16
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans (4)
0.93
%
 
0.74
 %
 
0.93
%
 
0.74
 %
Nonperforming loans
$
38,333

 
$
15,408

 
$
38,333

 
$
15,408


62

Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets
38,938

 
16,791

 
38,938

 
16,791

Capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity to total assets at end of period
9.85
%
 
8.14
 %
 
9.85
%
 
8.14
 %
Average equity to average assets
10.23
%
 
9.80
 %
 
9.58
%
 
9.75
 %
 
(1)
Dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per common share. Not applicable due to the net loss attributable to shareholders reported for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013.
(2)
Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3)
Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(4)
The allowance for loan and lease losses were $25.3 million and $19.1 million at September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
This overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information in the financial results of the Company and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Banc of California, Inc. is a financial holding company and the parent of Banc of California, National Association, a national bank (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC, an SEC-registered investment advisor (TPG), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, an entity formed to hold real estate, cash and fixed income investments (PTB). Prior to October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. was a multi-bank holding company with two banking subsidiaries, Pacific Trust Bank, a federal savings bank (PacTrust Bank or Pacific Trust Bank) and The Private Bank of California (Beach Business Bank prior to July 1, 2013). On October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. became a one-bank holding company when Pacific Trust Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a national bank and changed its name to Banc of California, National Association, and immediately thereafter The Private Bank of California was merged into Banc of California, National Association. On January 17, 2014, Banc of California, Inc. became a financial holding company.
The Company was incorporated under Maryland law in March 2002, and in July 2013, the Company changed its name from “First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.” to “Banc of California, Inc.” and, as noted above, in October 2013, the Company’s subsidiary banks merged to form a single, national bank subsidiary under the name Banc of California, National Association. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CS Financial, Inc., which was acquired on October 31, 2013.
Banc of California, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB), and the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). As a financial holding company, Banc of California, Inc. may engage in activities permissible for bank holding companies and may engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature, primarily securities, insurance and merchant banking activities.
The Bank offers a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California and as of September 30, 2014, the Bank operated 17 branches in San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties in California and 59 loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia, North Carolina, Colorado, Indiana, and Maryland.
The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide and may accept brokered deposits.
The Bank’s deposit product and service offerings include checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposit, retirement accounts as well as mobile, online, cash and treasury management, card payment services, remote deposit, ACH origination, employer/employee retirement planning, telephone banking, automated bill payment, electronic statements, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit and wire transfers. Bank customers also have the ability to access their accounts through a nationwide network of over 30,000 surcharge-free ATMs.

63

Table of Contents

2014 Highlights

Completed underwritten public offerings of common stock for gross proceeds of $57.9 million and 8.00% tangible equity units for gross proceeds of $69.0 million on May 21, 2014.

Announced a pending acquisition of Banco Popular’s California branch network on April 22, 2014, which the Company anticipates to complete on or about November 7, 2014.

Completed the acquisition of RenovationReady® on January 31, 2014.

Total interest and dividend income for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased by $12.8 million, or 37.8 percent, to $46.6 million from $33.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, total interest and dividend income increased by $53.3 million, or 66.8 percent, to $133.1 million from $79.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Net interest margin was 3.58 percent and 3.25 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.75 percent and 3.56 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased by $11.2 million, or 41.7 percent, to $38.2 million from $26.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net interest income increased by $45.0 million, or 70.4 percent, to $108.9 million from $63.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased by $25.9 million, or 142.0 percent, to $44.1 million from $18.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, noninterest income increased by $42.5 million, or 68.3 percent, to $104.7 million from $62.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The Company recognized net gain on mortgage banking activities of $26.9 million and $16.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $70.4 million and $52.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased by $15.3 million, or 29.2 percent, to $67.6 million from $52.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, noninterest expense increased by $64.3 million, or 53.0 percent, to $185.8 million from $121.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase relates predominantly to a higher salaries and employee benefits expense related to increased headcount as a result of growth and the acquisitions the Company completed during 2013.

Total assets increased by $910.0 million, or 25.1 percent, to $4.54 billion at September 30, 2014 from $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013, due primarily to an increase in loans held for sale and an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Average total assets increased to $4.39 billion and $4.05 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from $3.44 billion and $2.51 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses, increased by $259.5 million, or 10.7 percent, to $2.69 billion at September 30, 2014 from $2.43 billion at December 31, 2013 as a result of increased loan production. Loans held for sale increased $410.6 million, 57.3 percent, to $1.13 billion at September 30, 2014 from $716.7 million at December 31, 2013 due to more originations than sales during the year. Average gross loans and leases increased to $3.83 billion and $3.56 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from $2.53 billion and $1.93 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

Total deposits increased by $713.1 million, or 24.4 percent, to $3.63 billion at September 30, 2014 from $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013. Average total deposits increased to $3.52 billion and $3.27 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, from $2.95 billion and $2.10 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.


64

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents condensed statements of operations for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
$
46,649

 
33,846

 
$
133,059

 
79,755

Interest expense
8,463

 
6,903

 
24,113

 
15,828

Net interest income
38,186

 
26,943

 
108,946

 
63,927

Provision for loan and lease losses
2,780

 
2,109

 
6,817

 
6,195

Noninterest income
44,098

 
18,226

 
104,748

 
62,226

Noninterest expense
67,557

 
52,304

 
185,790

 
121,456

Income (loss) before income taxes
11,947

 
(9,244
)
 
21,087

 
(1,498
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
721

 
(710
)
 
983

 
1,744

Net income (loss)
11,226

 
(8,534
)
 
20,104

 
(3,242
)
Preferred stock dividends
910

 
946

 
2,730

 
1,234

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$
10,316

 
(9,480
)
 
$
17,374

 
(4,476
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.30

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.63

 
$
(0.32
)
Basic earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per class B common share
$
0.31

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
(0.32
)
For the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recorded net income of $11.2 million, an increase of $19.8 million over net loss of $8.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. Preferred stock dividends were $910 thousand and $946 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net income (loss) available to common shareholders was $10.3 million and $(9.5) million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recorded net income of $20.1 million, an increase of $23.3 million over net loss of $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Preferred stock dividends were $2.7 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net income (loss) available to common shareholders was $17.4 million and $(4.5) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


65

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
The following table presents interest income, average interest-earning assets, interest expense, average interest-bearing liabilities, and their correspondent yields and costs expressed both in dollars and rates for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
 Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
($ in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans and leases (1)
$
3,829,204

 
$
44,555

 
4.62
%
 
$
2,530,856

 
$
32,061

 
5.03
%
Securities
257,067

 
1,460

 
2.25
%
 
221,245

 
1,292

 
2.32
%
Other interest-earning assets (2)
142,284

 
634

 
1.77
%
 
534,739

 
493

 
0.37
%
Total interest-earning assets
4,228,555

 
46,649

 
4.38
%
 
3,286,840

 
33,846

 
4.09
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(23,266
)
 
 
 
 
 
(17,524
)
 
 
 
 
BOLI and non-interest earning assets (3)
186,234

 
 
 
 
 
170,117

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
4,391,523

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,439,433

 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
953,925

 
2,215

 
0.92
%
 
$
907,413

 
2,471

 
1.08
%
Interest-bearing checking
745,635

 
2,037

 
1.08
%
 
447,961

 
995

 
0.88
%
Money market
681,576

 
673

 
0.39
%
 
599,971

 
556

 
0.37
%
Certificates of deposit
688,994

 
1,240

 
0.71
%
 
579,422

 
1,062

 
0.73
%
FHLB advances
276,739

 
118

 
0.17
%
 
40,183

 
56

 
0.55
%
Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities
101,932

 
2,180

 
8.48
%
 
84,236

 
1,763

 
8.30
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
3,448,801

 
8,463

 
0.97
%
 
2,659,186

 
6,903

 
1.03
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
448,825

 
 
 
 
 
413,877

 
 
 
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
44,505

 
 
 
 
 
29,407

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
3,942,131

 
 
 
 
 
3,102,470

 
 
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
449,392

 
 
 
 
 
336,963

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
4,391,523

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,439,433

 
 
 
 
Net interest income/spread
 
 
$
38,186

 
3.41
%
 
 
 
$
26,943

 
3.06
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
 
 
3.58
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.25
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
122.61
%
 
 
 
 
 
123.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees, related direct cost and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance. Loan (costs) fees of $(49) thousand and $525 thousand and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $8.7 million and $5.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in the interest income.
(2)
Includes average balance of FHLB stock at cost and average time deposits with other financial institutions.
(3)
Includes average balance of bank-owned life insurance of $19.0 million and $18.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(4)
Annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.


66

Table of Contents

The following table presents interest income, average interest-earning assets, interest expense, average interest-bearing liabilities, and their correspondent yields and costs expressed both in dollars and rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
 Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Cost
 
($ in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans and leases (1)
$
3,559,505

 
$
128,162

 
4.81
%
 
$
1,934,555

 
$
76,751

 
5.30
%
Securities
196,446

 
3,377

 
2.30
%
 
147,459

 
2,159

 
1.96
%
Other interest-earning assets (2)
131,608

 
1,520

 
1.54
%
 
315,472

 
845

 
0.36
%
Total interest-earning assets
3,887,559

 
133,059

 
4.58
%
 
2,397,486

 
79,755

 
4.45
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(21,089
)
 
 
 
 
 
(16,446
)
 
 
 
 
BOLI and non-interest earning assets (3)
187,340

 
 
 
 
 
128,710

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
4,053,810

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,509,750

 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
970,348

 
7,156

 
0.99
%
 
$
571,830

 
4,342

 
1.02
%
Interest-bearing checking
666,926

 
5,552

 
1.11
%
 
280,352

 
1,712

 
0.82
%
Money market
600,818

 
1,948

 
0.43
%
 
423,672

 
1,042

 
0.33
%
Certificates of deposit
603,211

 
3,315

 
0.73
%
 
588,488

 
3,290

 
0.75
%
FHLB advances
254,322

 
317

 
0.17
%
 
46,721

 
177

 
0.51
%
Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities
95,472

 
5,825

 
8.16
%
 
84,792

 
5,265

 
8.30
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
3,191,097

 
24,113

 
1.01
%
 
1,995,855

 
15,828

 
1.06
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
431,160

 
 
 
 
 
239,379

 
 
 
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
43,079

 
 
 
 
 
29,738

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
3,665,336

 
 
 
 
 
2,264,972

 
 
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
388,474

 
 
 
 
 
244,778

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
4,053,810

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,509,750

 
 
 
 
Net interest income/spread
 
 
$
108,946

 
3.57
%
 
 
 
$
63,927

 
3.39
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
 
 
3.75
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.56
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
121.83
%
 
 
 
 
 
120.12
%
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees, related direct cost and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance. Loan fees of $106 thousand and $998 thousand and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $28.0 million and $13.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in the interest income.
(2)
Includes average balance of FHLB stock at cost and average time deposits with other financial institutions.
(3)
Includes average balance of bank-owned life insurance of $18.9 million and $18.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(4)
Annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.


67

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume multiplied by the prior rate, and (2) changes in rate multiplied by the prior volume. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
 
 
 Three Months Ended September 30,
2014 vs. 2013
 
 Nine Months Ended September 30,
2014 vs. 2013
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
 
Net
Increase
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
 
Net
Increase
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
(Decrease)
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans and leases
$
15,291

 
$
(2,797
)
 
$
12,494

 
$
59,098

 
$
(7,687
)
 
$
51,411

Securities
204

 
(36
)
 
168

 
799

 
419

 
1,218

Other interest-earning assets
(585
)
 
726

 
141

 
(736
)
 
1,411

 
675

Total interest-earning assets
$
14,910

 
$
(2,107
)
 
$
12,803

 
$
59,161

 
$
(5,857
)
 
$
53,304

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
122

 
$
(378
)
 
$
(256
)
 
$
2,942

 
$
(128
)
 
$
2,814

Interest-bearing checking
774

 
268

 
1,042

 
3,039

 
801

 
3,840

Money market
79

 
38

 
117

 
514

 
392

 
906

Certificates of deposit
197

 
(19
)
 
178

 
81

 
(56
)
 
25

FHLB advances
125

 
(63
)
 
62

 
328

 
(188
)
 
140

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities
377

 
40

 
417

 
653

 
(93
)
 
560

Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,674

 
(114
)
 
1,560

 
7,557

 
728

 
8,285

Net interest income
$
13,236

 
$
(1,993
)
 
$
11,243

 
$
51,604

 
$
(6,585
)
 
$
45,019

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
Net interest income was $38.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $11.2 million, or 41.7 percent, from $26.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The growth in net interest income from prior periods was largely due to higher interest income from loans partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.
Interest income on total loans and leases was $44.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $12.5 million, or 39.0 percent, from $32.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in loan interest income was driven by a $1.30 billion increase in total average gross loans and leases as a result of increases in originations of residential mortgage loans held for sale, multi-family loans, and lease financing.
Interest income on securities was $1.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $168 thousand, or 13.0 percent, from $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to purchases of $241.6 million of securities to reduce excess liquidity from the common stock and tangible equity units offerings pending the use of the proceeds of the offerings for the acquisition of the BPNA branch network, partially offset by principal payments, paydowns, calls and sales of $97.6 million during that period.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was $6.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 21.3 percent, from $5.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in average balance was mainly due to deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors, partially offset by $464.3 million of deposits sold to AWB. The increase in average cost was due to the higher interest rates on those deposits generated through strategic plans.
Interest expense on FHLB advances was $118 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $62 thousand, or 110.7 percent, from $56 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to an increase of $236.6 million in average balance, partially offset by a decrease in average rate resulting from the replacement of matured long-term advances with short-term advances at lower rates.

68

Table of Contents

Interest expense on long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities was $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $417 thousand, or 23.7 percent, from $1.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to the utilization of federal funds sold and repurchase agreements and additional interest expense incurred on the Amortizing Notes issued as part of the tangible equity units.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
Net interest income was $108.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $45.0 million, or 70.4 percent, from $63.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The growth in net interest income from prior periods was largely due to higher interest income from loans partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.
Interest income on total loans and leases was $128.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $51.4 million, or 67.0 percent, from $76.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in loan interest income was driven by a $1.62 billion increase in total average gross loans and leases as a result of increases in originations of residential mortgage loans held for sale, multi-family loans, and lease financing.
Interest income on securities was $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.2 million, or 56.4 percent, from $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to purchases of $241.6 million to reduce excess liquidity from the common stock and tangible equity units offerings pending the use of the proceeds of the offerings for the acquisition of the BPNA branch network, partially offset by principal payments, paydowns, calls and sales of $97.6 million during that period.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was $18.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $7.6 million, or 73.0 percent, from $10.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in average balance was mainly due to deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors, partially offset by $464.3 million of deposits sold to AWB. The increase in average cost was due to the higher interest rates on those deposits generated through strategic plans.
Interest expense on FHLB advances was $317 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $140 thousand, or 79.1 percent, from $177 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to an increase of $207.6 million in average balance, partially offset by a decrease in average rate resulting from the replacement of matured long-term advances with short-term advances at lower rates.
Interest expense on long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities was $5.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $560 thousand, or 10.6 percent, from $5.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to the utilization of federal funds sold and repurchase agreements and additional interest expense incurred on the Amortizing Debt from tangible equity units.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
Provisions for loan and lease losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Company provided $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and $6.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, to its provision for loan and lease losses.
On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the PCI loans and the loan pools for potential impairment. The Company provided $65 thousand and $0, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, and $189 thousand and $998 thousand, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, to the provision for loan losses for the PCI loans. The provision for losses on PCI loans is the result of changes in expected cash flows, both amount and timing, due to loan payments and the Company’s revised loss forecasts. The revisions of the loss forecasts were based on the results of management’s review of the credit quality of the outstanding loans/loan pools and the analysis of the loan performance data since the acquisition of these loans. The Company will continue updating cash flow projections on PCI loans on a quarterly basis. Due to the uncertainty in the future performance of the PCI loans, additional impairments may be recognized in the future.
See further discussion in Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.


69

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income
The following table presents the breakdown of non-interest income for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Customer service fees
$
230

 
$
621

 
$
839

 
$
1,676

Loan servicing income
924

 
293

 
2,951

 
939

Income from bank owned life insurance
64

 
42

 
167

 
130

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

 
10

 
522

 
319

Net gain on sale of loans
10,260

 
484

 
15,901

 
4,520

Net revenue on mortgage banking activities
26,943

 
16,231

 
70,400

 
52,862

Other income
5,677

 
545

 
13,968

 
1,780

Total noninterest income
$
44,098

 
$
18,226

 
$
104,748

 
$
62,226

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
Noninterest income was $44.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $25.9 million, or 142.0 percent, from $18.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest income relates predominantly to increases in net revenue on mortgage banking activities, other income, and loan servicing income, partially offset by less customer service fees.
Customer service fees were $230 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $391 thousand, or 63.0 percent, from $621 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease was due mainly to the lower number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the AWB branch sale in the fourth quarter of 2013.
Loan servicing income was $924 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $631 thousand, or 215.4 percent, from $293 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to larger servicing unpaid principal balances as well as a sale of mortgage servicing rights of $5.6 million with a gain on sale of $321 thousand during the three months ended September 30, 2014.
Net gain on the sale of loans was $10.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $9.8 million from $484 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due to a large loan sale of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with a $7.7 million gain and larger sales of jumbo mortgages during the three months ended September 30, 2014. During the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $202.6 million and $65.4 million, respectively, of jumbo mortgages and recognized gains on sale of $2.0 million and $474 thousand, respectively,
Net revenue on mortgage banking activities was $26.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $10.7 million, or 66.0 percent, from $16.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Bank originated $801.5 million and sold $798.3 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $23.8 million and 2.97 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $7.3 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three months ended September 30, 2014. During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Bank originated $521.0 million and sold $517.5 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $12.5 million and 2.39 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $3.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $2.8 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three months ended September 30, 2013.
Other income was $5.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $5.1 million, or 941.7 percent, from $545 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase is mainly due to additional fee income of $3.2 million generated from the Palisades Group for the three months ended September 30, 2014 that was acquired in the second half of 2013.


70

Table of Contents


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
Noninterest income was $104.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $42.5 million, or 68.3 percent, from $62.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest income relates predominantly to increases in net revenue on mortgage banking activities, other income, net gain on sale of loans, and loan servicing income, partially offset by less customer service fees.
Customer service fees were $839 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $837 thousand, or 49.9 percent, from $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease was due mainly to the lower number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the AWB branch sale in the fourth quarter of 2013.
Loan servicing income was $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $2.0 million, or 214.3 percent, from $939 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to larger servicing unpaid principal balances as well as a sale of mortgage servicing rights of $17.8 million with a gain on sale of $2.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale was $522 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $203 thousand, or 63.6 percent, from $319 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company sold a portion of its securities, which led to higher realized gains during the period.
Net gain on the sale of loans was $15.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $11.4 million, or 251.8 percent, from $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due to larger sales of jumbo mortgages and seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Gain on sale of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools were $8.6 million and $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $523.0 million and $109.8 million, respectively, of jumbo mortgages and recognized gains on sale of $5.3 million and $846 thousand, respectively.
Net revenue on mortgage banking activities was $70.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $17.5 million, or 33.2 percent, from $52.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Bank originated $2.03 billion and sold $1.98 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $62.2 million and 3.07 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $8.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $17.9 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Bank originated $1.39 billion and sold $1.25 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $44.1 million and 3.18 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $8.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $5.4 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.
Other income was $14.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $12.2 million, or 684.7 percent, from $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase is mainly due to additional fee income of $6.2 million generated from the Palisades Group for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 that was acquired in the second half of 2013.

71

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
The following table presents the breakdown of non-interest expense for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits, excluding commissions
$
31,253

 
$
23,974

 
$
88,888

 
$
58,252

Commissions for mortgage banking activities
9,841

 
6,205

 
26,017

 
16,318

Salaries and employee benefits
41,094

 
30,179

 
114,905

 
74,570

Occupancy and equipment
7,969

 
5,247

 
23,931

 
12,070

Professional fees
4,758

 
4,560

 
12,151

 
9,804

Data processing
1,286

 
1,552

 
3,347

 
3,827

Advertising
1,584

 
1,664

 
3,369

 
3,076

Regulatory assessments
1,013

 
986

 
3,000

 
1,578

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense
292

 
276

 
642

 
628

Operating loss on equity investment
203

 
120

 
538

 
410

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

 
18

 

 
97

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned

 
(73
)
 

 
(224
)
Provision for loan repurchases
1,154

 
375

 
2,055

 
1,363

Amortization of intangible assets
890

 
973

 
2,773

 
1,707

Impairment on intangible assets

 
976

 

 
976

All other expense
7,314

 
5,451

 
19,079

 
11,574

Total noninterest expense
$
67,557

 
$
52,304

 
$
185,790

 
$
121,456

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
Noninterest expense was $67.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $15.3 million, or 29.2 percent, from $52.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the bank and non-bank acquisitions by the Company along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.
Total salaries and employee benefits including commissions was $41.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $10.9 million, or 36.2 percent, from $30.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees related to the preparation of the BPNA acquisition, an increase in share-based compensation expense, as well as expansion in mortgage banking activities, primarily at Banc Home Loans. Commission expense, which is a loan origination variable expense, related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $9.8 million and $6.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 totaled $801.5 million and $521.0 million, respectively.
Occupancy and equipment expenses was $8.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $2.7 million, or 51.9 percent, from $5.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with additional facilities resulting from the TPG and CS acquisitions and new mortgage banking loan production offices.
Professional fees were $4.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $198 thousand, or 4.3 percent, from $4.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to higher accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with the Company’s recent acquisitions and growth.
Advertising costs was $1.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $80 thousand, or 4.8 percent, from $1.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease is mainly due to a marketing cost associated with the rebranding for the Company's name change during the three months ended September 30, 2013, offset by the Company's higher overall marketing cost associated with the continued expansion of its business footprint.

72

Table of Contents

Regulatory assessment was $1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $27 thousand, or 2.7 percent, from $986 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due to year-over-year balance sheet growth.
Provision for loan repurchases was $1.2 million and $375 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $402 thousand against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the three months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was mainly due to increased volume of mortgage loan originations and sales at the Bank.
Amortization of intangible was $890 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $83 thousand, or 8.5 percent, from $973 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease was mainly due to an impairment of intangible assets made during the three months ended September 30, 2013, which decreased the base of amortization.
Impairment of intangible assets of $976 thousand was recognized for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The Company wrote off all remaining trade name intangibles due to merger of the Company's two banking subsidiaries into a single bank. The Company did not recognize any impairment of intangible assets for the three months ended September 30, 2014.
Other expenses was $7.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.9 million, or 34.2 percent, from $5.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was mainly due to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and an increase in loan sub-servicing expenses due to the growth in the loan portfolio.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
Noninterest expense was $185.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $64.3 million, or 53.0 percent, from $121.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the bank and non-bank acquisitions by the Company along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.
Total salaries and employee benefits including commissions was $114.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $40.3 million, or 54.1 percent, from $74.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees related to the preparation of the BPNA acquisition, an increase in share-based compensation expense, as well as expansion in mortgage banking activities, primarily at Banc Home Loans. Commission expense, which is a loan origination variable expense related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $26.0 million and $16.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were $2.03 billion and $1.39 billion, respectively.
Occupancy and equipment expenses were $23.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $11.9 million, or 98.3 percent, from $12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with new branch locations from the PBOC acquisition, additional facilities costs resulting from the TPG and CS Financial acquisitions, and new mortgage banking loan production offices.
Professional fees were $12.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $2.3 million, or 23.9 percent, from $9.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to higher accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with the Company’s recent acquisitions and growth.
Advertising costs were $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $293 thousand, or 9.5 percent, from $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to the overall expansion of the Company’s business footprint.
Regulatory assessment was $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 90.1 percent, from $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due to year-over-year balance sheet growth.
Provision for loan repurchases was $2.1 million and $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $1.0 million against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase was mainly due to increased volume of mortgage loan originations and sales at the Bank.

73

Table of Contents

Amortization of intangible was $2.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 62.4 percent, from $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was due to the amortization of PBOC core deposit intangibles that were acquired in the third quarter of last year.
Impairment of intangible assets of $976 thousand was recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The Company wrote off all remaining trade name intangibles due to merger of the Company's two banking subsidiaries into a single bank. The Company did not recognize any impairment of intangible assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.
Other expenses were $19.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, an increase of $7.5 million, or 64.8 percent, from $11.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase was mainly due to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and an increase in loan sub-servicing expenses due to the increase in loan portfolio.
Income Tax Expense
For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense (benefit) was $721 thousand and $(710) thousand, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 6.0 percent and 7.7 percent, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $983 thousand and $1.7 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 4.7 percent and (116.4) percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased due to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance established in 2013. Due to the inability to reliably estimate the income for the year, the Company has used the year to date effective tax rate as the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate, under ASC 740-270-30.
The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the ability to forecast future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $8.7 million, net of a $8.3 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance.
The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 (formally FIN 48), which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $3.2 million and $2.2 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months. As of September 30, 2014, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $314 thousand. In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $23 thousand and $0 accrued interest or penalties.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (except for Gateway Bancorp’s pre-acquisition federal tax return, which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years). The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2009 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

74

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total assets increased by $910.0 million, or 25.1 percent, to $4.54 billion at September 30, 2014, compared to $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013. The increase in total assets was due primarily to a $410.6 million increase in loans held for sale, a $259.5 million increase in loans and lease receivable, net of allowance, a $140.4 million increase in securities available for sale and a $74.9 million increase in cash and cash equivalents.
Investment Securities
The primary goal of our investment securities portfolio is to provide a relatively stable source of income while maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity. Investment securities provide a source of liquidity as collateral for repurchase agreements and for certain public funds deposits. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, as a component of shareholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available-for-sale securities as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Total investment securities available-for-sale increased by $140.4 million, or 82.6 percent, to $310.4 million at September 30, 2014, compared to $170.0 million at December 31, 2013, due to purchases of $222.0 million, partially offset by sales of $51.7 million, principal payments of $28.8 million, and calls and pay-offs of $1.2 million. Investment securities had a net unrealized loss of $867 thousand at September 30, 2014, compared to a net unrealized loss of $1.5 million at December 31, 2013.
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,697

 
$

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,693

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,937

 
43

 

 
1,980

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
3,698

 
15

 
(15
)
 
3,698

Agency mortgage-backed securities
303,920

 
420

 
(1,326
)
 
303,014

Total securities available for sale
$
311,252

 
$
478

 
$
(1,345
)
 
$
310,385

December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,794

 
$

 
$
(58
)
 
$
1,736

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,928

 

 
(8
)
 
1,920

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
14,653

 
135

 
(36
)
 
14,752

Agency mortgage-backed securities
153,134

 
299

 
(1,819
)
 
151,614

Total securities available for sale
$
171,509

 
$
434

 
$
(1,921
)
 
$
170,022



75

Table of Contents

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of residential mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
Maturity:
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
Within one year
$

 
$

One to five years
1,937

 
1,980

Five to ten years

 

Greater than ten years

 

SBA loan pool, private label residential mortgage backed and agency mortgage-backed securities
309,315

 
308,405

Total
$
311,252

 
$
310,385

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of shareholders’ equity.
The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
117

 
$
560

 
$
426

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale

 
(107
)
 
(38
)
 
(107
)
Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
10

 
$
522

 
$
319

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$
118,747

 
$
52,245

 
$
127,286

Tax expense on sales of securities available for sale
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Securities available for sale with carrying values of $8.3 million and $63.0 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

76

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
(In thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,693

 
$
(4
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
1,693

 
$
(4
)
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

 

 

 

 

 

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
198

 
(10
)
 
1,700

 
(5
)
 
1,898

 
(15
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
150,685

 
(851
)
 
20,843

 
(475
)
 
171,528

 
(1,326
)
Total securities available for sale
$
152,576

 
$
(865
)
 
$
22,543

 
$
(480
)
 
$
175,119

 
$
(1,345
)
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SBA loan pool securities
$
1,736

 
$
(58
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
1,736

 
$
(58
)
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities
1,920

 
(8
)
 

 

 
1,920

 
(8
)
Private label residential mortgage-backed securities
2,064

 
(11
)
 
3,913

 
(25
)
 
5,977

 
(36
)
Agency mortgage-backed securities
114,104

 
(1,790
)
 
1,821

 
(29
)
 
115,925

 
(1,819
)
Total securities available for sale
$
119,824

 
$
(1,867
)
 
$
5,734

 
$
(54
)
 
$
125,558

 
$
(1,921
)
The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.
At September 30, 2014, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 90 securities, 62 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.
The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of September 30, 2014, the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $310.4 million securities portfolio, $310.2 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $198 thousand were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of September 30, 2014. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale totaled $1.13 billion at September 30, 2014 compared to $716.7 million at December 31, 2013. The loans held for sale consisted of $252.4 million and $192.6 million carried at fair value, and $874.9 million and $524.1 million carried at lower of cost or fair value as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
The loans carried at fair value represent conforming single family residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank that are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. Some of these loans are expected to be sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae on a servicing retained basis. The servicing of these loans is performed by a third party sub-servicer. These loans increased by $59.8 million to $252.4 million at September 30, 2014 due mainly to originations of $2.07 billion, partially offset by sales of $2.02 billion.
Loans held for sale carried at the lower of cost or fair value are mainly non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans that are originated to sell in pools, unlike the loans individually originated to sell into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. These loans increased by $350.8 million to $874.9 million at September 30, 2014, due mainly to originations of $994.4 million, loans transferred from loans and leases held for investment of $65.6 million, and partially offset by sales of $534.6 million and other net amortizations and loans transferred back to loans and leases held for investment of $175.2 million.

77

Table of Contents

Loans and Leases Receivable
The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
366,416

 
$
287,771

 
$
78,645

 
27.3
 %
Commercial real estate
521,867

 
529,883

 
(8,016
)
 
(1.5
)%
Multi-family
367,364

 
141,580

 
225,784

 
159.5
 %
SBA
25,729

 
27,428

 
(1,699
)
 
(6.2
)%
Construction
25,997

 
24,933

 
1,064

 
4.3
 %
Lease financing
72,027

 
31,949

 
40,078

 
125.4
 %
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
1,064,698

 
1,138,836

 
(74,138
)
 
(6.5
)%
Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens
126,323

 
147,705

 
(21,382
)
 
(14.5
)%
Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens
4,952

 
5,289

 
(337
)
 
(6.4
)%
Other consumer
136,695

 
110,737

 
25,958

 
23.4
 %
Gross loans and leases
2,712,068

 
2,446,111

 
265,957

 
10.9
 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(25,283
)
 
(18,805
)
 
(6,478
)
 
34.4
 %
Loans and leases receivable, net
$
2,686,785

 
$
2,427,306

 
$
259,479

 
10.7
 %
Gross loan and leases increased by $266.0 million to $2.71 billion at September 30, 2014 compared to $2.45 billion at December 31, 2014, due to increases in multi-family, commercial and industrial, lease financing, and other consumer loans from the Company's continuous effort to grow and diversify the loan and lease portfolio, partially offset by decreases in single family residential mortgage from the sales of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools and Green Loans from reductions in principal balance and payoffs.
Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisitions
In 2014, the Company did not acquire any additional seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million, respectively, at their respective acquisition dates. These loan pools had unpaid principal balances and fair values of $659.7 million and $588.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2014. These loan pools generally consist of re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement. The Company was able to acquire these loans at a significant discount to both current property value at acquisition and note balance. The Company determined that certain loans in these seasoned SFR mortgage loan acquisitions reflect credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The unpaid principal balances and fair values of these loans at the respective dates of acquisition were $473.9 million and $342.1 million, respectively. At September 30, 2014, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $252.3 million and $211.5 million, respectively.
For each acquisition the Company was able to utilize its background in mortgage credit analysis to re-underwrite the borrower’s credit to arrive at what it believes to be an attractive risk adjusted return for a highly collateralized investment in performing mortgage loans. The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 61.1 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 83.1 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. At the time of acquisition, approximately 86.3 percent of the mortgage loans by current principal balance (excluding any forbearance amounts) had the original terms modified at some point since origination by a prior owner or servicer. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 3.96 percent, determined by current principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and

78

Table of Contents

excluding those with no credit score on file was 655. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion obtained by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $292 thousand. Approximately 89.6 percent of the borrowers by current principal balance had made at least 12 monthly payments in the 12 months preceding the trade date (or, in some cases calculated as making 11 monthly payments in the 11 months preceding the trade date), and 94.0 percent had made nine monthly payments in the nine months preceding the trade date. The mortgage loans are secured by residences located in all 50 states and Washington DC, with California being the largest state concentration representing 38.1 percent of the note balance, and with no other state concentration exceeding 10.0 percent based upon the current note balance.
At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately 3.34 percent and 5.63 percent of unpaid principal balance of these loans were delinquent 60 or more days, respectively, and 0.64 percent and 1.37 percent were in bankruptcy or foreclosure, respectively. Delinquencies on seasoned SFR loan pools decreased due to sales of portions of these loans.
As part of the acquisition program, the Company may sell from time to time seasoned SFR mortgage loans that do not meet the Company’s investment standards. The Company sold seasoned SFR mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $73.4 million and $50.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, and $120.5 million and $83.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively.
The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of PCI loans and leases as of dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Outstanding
Balance
 
Carrying
Amount
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,886

 
$
1,280

 
$
5,838

 
$
4,028

Commercial real estate
13,831

 
11,616

 
17,682

 
15,014

SBA
4,299

 
3,206

 
4,940

 
3,688

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
290,445

 
236,440

 
414,341

 
314,820

Other consumer
400

 
359

 
2,134

 
1,736

Total
$
310,861

 
$
252,901

 
$
444,935

 
$
339,286

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisition Due Diligence
The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. Prior to acquiring mortgage loans, the Company, its affiliates, sub-advisors or due diligence partners typically will review the loan portfolio and conduct certain due diligence on a loan by loan basis according to its proprietary diligence plan. This due diligence encompasses analyzing the title, subordinate liens and judgments as well as a comprehensive reconciliation of current property value. The Company, its affiliates, and its sub-advisors prepare a customized version of its diligence plan for each mortgage loan pool being reviewed that is designed to address certain identified pool specific risks. The diligence plan generally reviews several factors, including but not limited to, obtaining and reconciling property value, confirming chain of titles, reviewing assignments, confirming lien position, confirming regulatory compliance, updating borrower credit, certifying collateral, and reviewing servicing notes. In certain transactions, a portion of the diligence may be provided by the seller. In those instances, the Company reviews the mortgage loan portfolio to confirm the accuracy of the provided diligence information and supplements as appropriate.
As part of the confirmation of property values in the diligence process, the Company conducts independent due diligence on the individual properties and borrowers prior to the acquisition of the mortgage loans. In addition, market conditions, regional mortgage loan information and local trends in home values, coupled with market knowledge, are used by the Company in calculating the appropriate additional risk discount to compensate for potential property declines, foreclosures, defaults or other risks associated with the mortgage loan portfolio to be acquired. Typically, the Company may enter into one or more agreements with affiliates or third parties to perform certain of these due diligence tasks with respect to acquiring potential mortgage loans.


79

Table of Contents

Non-Traditional Mortgage Portfolio
The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), hybrid interest only fixed or adjustable rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $335.4 million, or 12.4 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $309.6 million, or 12.7 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. Total NTM portfolio increased by $25.8 million, or 8.3 percent during the period.
The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens
152
 
$
126,323

 
37.7
%
 
173
 
$
147,705

 
47.6
%
Interest-only—first liens
200
 
190,734

 
56.8
%
 
244
 
139,867

 
45.2
%
Negative amortization
32
 
13,233

 
3.9
%
 
37
 
16,623

 
5.4
%
Total NTM—first liens
384
 
330,290

 
98.4
%
 
454
 
304,195

 
98.2
%
Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens
19
 
4,952

 
1.5
%
 
23
 
5,289

 
1.7
%
Interest-only—second liens
1
 
113

 
0.1
%
 
1
 
113

 
0.1
%
Total NTM—second liens
20
 
5,065

 
1.6
%
 
24
 
5,402

 
1.8
%
Total NTM loans
404
 
$
335,355

 
100.0
%
 
478
 
309,597

 
100.0
%
Total gross loan portfolio
 
 
$
2,712,068

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,446,111

 
 
% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio
 
 
12.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
12.7
%
 
 
The initial credit guidelines for the non-traditional mortgage portfolio were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) score, loan-to-value (LTV), property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Additionally from an ongoing credit risk management perspective, the Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs to be loan-to-value and FICO scores. On a semi-annual basis, the Company performs loan reviews of the NTM loan portfolio, which includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and HELOCs and ordering third party automated valuation models (AVM) to confirm collateral values.
LTV represents current unpaid principal balance divided by estimated property value. The following table presents the single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by LTV at the dates indicated:
 
 
Green
 
Interest Only
 
Negative Amortization
 
Total
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
79

 
$
73,361

 
58.1
%
 
62

 
$
88,103

 
46.2
%
 
15

 
$
7,362

 
55.6
%
 
156

 
$
168,826

 
51.1
%
61 – 80
46

 
35,799

 
28.3
%
 
45

 
70,502

 
37.0
%
 
10

 
4,113

 
31.1
%
 
101

 
110,414

 
33.4
%
81 – 100
22

 
12,710

 
10.1
%
 
32

 
11,860

 
6.2
%
 
6

 
1,361

 
10.3
%
 
60

 
25,931

 
7.9
%
> 100
5

 
4,453

 
3.5
%
 
61

 
20,269

 
10.6
%
 
1

 
397

 
3.0
%
 
67

 
25,119

 
7.6
%
Total
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 
200

 
$
190,734

 
100.0
%
 
32

 
$
13,233

 
100.0
%
 
384

 
$
330,290

 
100.0
%
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTV’s (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
< 61
90

 
$
78,807

 
53.3
%
 
80

 
$
65,181

 
46.6
%
 
13

 
$
4,930

 
29.7
%
 
183

 
$
148,918

 
49.0
%
61 – 80
38

 
33,604

 
22.8
%
 
51

 
28,999

 
20.7
%
 
13

 
7,643

 
45.9
%
 
102

 
70,246

 
23.1
%
81 – 100
26

 
14,917

 
10.1
%
 
43

 
21,474

 
15.4
%
 
8

 
3,277

 
19.7
%
 
77

 
39,668

 
13.0
%
> 100
19

 
20,377

 
13.8
%
 
70

 
24,213

 
17.3
%
 
3

 
773

 
4.7
%
 
92

 
45,363

 
14.9
%
Total
173

 
$
147,705

 
100.0
%
 
244

 
$
139,867

 
100.0
%
 
37

 
$
16,623

 
100.0
%
 
454

 
$
304,195

 
100.0
%

(1)
LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.
The decrease in Green Loans was due mainly to reductions in principal balances and payoffs and the increase in interest only was due to increased originations. During 2014, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s single family residential NTM

80

Table of Contents

first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California. The Company updates LTV on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

Green Loans
Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. The Company initiated the Green Loan products in 2005 and proactively refined underwriting and credit management practices and credit guidelines in response to changing economic environments, competitive conditions and portfolio performance. The Company continues to manage credit risk, to the extent possible, throughout the borrower’s credit cycle. The Company discontinued the origination of Green Loan products in 2011.
At September 30, 2014, Green Loans totaled $131.3 million, a decrease of $21.7 million, or 14.2 percent from $153.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $12.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of underlying collateral declines.
The Green Loans are similar to HELOCs in that they are collateralized primarily by the equity in single family mortgage loans. However, some Green Loans are subject to differences from HELOCs relating to certain characteristics including one-action laws. Similar to Green Loans, HELOC’s allow the borrower to draw down on the credit line based on an established loan amount for a period of time, typically 10 years, requiring an interest only payment with an option to pay principal at any time. A typical HELOC provides that at the end of the term the borrower can continue to make monthly principal and interest payments based on loan balance until the maturity date. The Green Loan is an interest only loan with a maturity of 15 years at which time the loan comes due and payable with a balloon payment due at maturity. The unique payment structure also differs from a traditional HELOC in that payments are made through the direct linkage of a personal checking account to the loan through a nightly sweep of funds into the Green Loan Account. This reduces any outstanding balance on the loan by the total amount deposited into the checking account. As a result, every time a deposit is made, effectively a payment to the Green Loan is made. HELOCs typically do not cause the loan to be paid down by a borrower’s depositing of funds into their checking account at the same bank.
Credit guidelines for Green Loans were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) scores, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Property types include single family residences and second trust deeds where the Company owned the first liens, owner occupied as well as non-owner occupied properties. The Company utilized its underwriting guidelines for first liens to underwrite the Green Loan secured by second trust deeds as if the combined loans were a single Green Loan. For all Green Loans, the loan income was underwritten using either full income documentation or alternative income documentation.
For single family properties the loan sizes ranged up to $7.0 million. For two-to-four family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $7.5 million. As loan size increased, the maximum LTV decreased from 80 percent to 60 percent. Maximum LTVs were adjusted by 5-10 percent for specified property types such as condos. FICOs were based on the primary wage earners’ mid FICO score and the lower of two mid FICO scores for full and alternative documentation, respectively. 76 percent of the FICO scores exceeded 700 at the time of origination. Loans greater than $1 million were subject to a second appraisal or third party appraisal review at origination.

81

Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s non-traditional single family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at September 30, 2014 by FICO scores that were obtained during the second quarter of 2014, compared to the FICO scores for those same loans that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013:
 
 
By FICO Scores Obtained
During the Quarter Ended
June 30, 2014
 
By FICO Scores Obtained
During the Quarter Ended
December 31, 2013
 
Change
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Count
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FICO Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800+
21

 
$
13,095

 
10.4
%
 
13

 
$
7,307

 
5.8
%
 
8

 
$
5,788

 
4.6
 %
700-799
74

 
56,628

 
44.8
%
 
89

 
68,877

 
54.6
%
 
(15
)
 
(12,249
)
 
(9.8
)%
600-699
33

 
29,172

 
23.1
%
 
32

 
28,097

 
22.2
%
 
1

 
1,075

 
0.9
 %
<600
9

 
10,536

 
8.3
%
 
8

 
7,003

 
5.5
%
 
1

 
3,533

 
2.8
 %
No FICO
15

 
16,892

 
13.4
%
 
10

 
15,039

 
11.9
%
 
5

 
1,853

 
1.5
 %
Totals
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 
152

 
$
126,323

 
100.0
%
 

 
$

 
 %
The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management. As such, the FICO scores did not materially change from December 31, 2013 to September 30, 2014, but the change during the quarter reflects loans that were paid off during the quarter.

Interest Only Loans
Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payment in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of September 30, 2014, our interest only loans increased by $50.9 million, or 36.3 percent, to $190.8 million from $140.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to originations of $45.6 million and transfers from loans held for sale of $77.1 million, partially offset by transfers to loans held for sale of $25.3 million and net amortization of $46.5 million. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.1 million and $752 thousand of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.
Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization
Negative amortization loans decreased by $3.4 million, or 20.4 percent, to $13.2 million as of September 30, 2014 from $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $1.2 million of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.
Non-Traditional Mortgage Loan Credit Risk Management
The Company performs detailed reviews of collateral values on loans collateralized by residential real property including its non-traditional mortgage portfolio based on appraisals or estimates from third party automated valuation models (AVMs) to analyze property value trends on a semi-annual basis or as needed. AVMs are used to identify loans that have experienced potential collateral deterioration. Once a loan has been identified that may have experienced collateral deterioration, the Company will obtain updated drive by or full appraisals in order to confirm the valuation. This information is used to update key monitoring metrics such as LTV. Additionally, FICO scores are obtained bi-annually in conjunction with the collateral analysis. In addition to LTV and FICO, the Company evaluates the portfolio on a specific loan basis through delinquency and portfolio charge-offs to determine whether any risk mitigation or portfolio management actions are warranted. The borrowers may be contacted as necessary to discuss material changes in loan performance or credit metrics.
The Company’s risk management policy and credit monitoring includes reviewing delinquency, FICO scores, and collateral values on the non-traditional mortgage loan portfolio. We also continuously monitor market conditions for our geographic lending areas. The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages to be LTV and FICO scores. The loan review provides an effective method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then

82

Table of Contents

further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded that will increase the ALLL the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan reviews is published and regularly monitored.
On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be an increase in payment of 3.50 percent or greater and then monitors the loans for possible delinquencies. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.
As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first red flag that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.
As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing a detailed analysis with emphasis on the non-traditional mortgage portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts monthly meetings to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations. From the most recent review completed in the second quarter of 2014, the Company did not freeze or reduce any additional commitments.
Consumer and non-traditional mortgage loans may entail greater risk than do traditional single family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a consumer and non-traditional mortgage loan are more dependent on the borrower‘s continued financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy.
Non-Performing Assets
The following table presents a summary of total non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
(In thousands)
Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual
$

 
$

 
$

 
NM

Nonaccrual loans
38,333

 
31,648

 
6,685

 
21.1
%
Total non-performing loans
38,333

 
31,648

 
6,685

 
21.1
%
Other real estate owned
605

 

 
605

 
NM

Total non-performing assets
$
38,938

 
$
31,648

 
$
7,290

 
23.0
%
Performing restructured loans
$
5,071

 
$
4,881

 
$
190

 
3.9
%
Total non-performing loans to gross loans and leases
1.41
%
 
1.29
%
 
 
 
 
Total non-performing assets to total assets
0.86
%
 
0.87
%
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans
65.96
%
 
59.42
%
 
 
 
 
Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. Past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower experiences changes to their financial condition, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full.
Additional income of approximately $295 thousand and $674 thousand would have been recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 respectively, had these loans been paid in accordance with their original terms throughout the periods indicated.

83

Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.
Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
NTM Loans
 
Traditional
Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
194

 
$
194

SBA

 
6

 
6

 

 
10

 
10

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage

 
3,301

 
3,301

 

 
3,605

 
3,605

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens
3,451

 

 
3,451

 
3,468

 

 
3,468

Other consumer

 
1,173

 
1,173

 

 

 

Total
$
3,451

 
$
4,480

 
$
7,931

 
$
3,468

 
$
3,809

 
$
7,277


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) at a level estimated by management to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company enhanced the current methodologies, processes and controls over the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), due to the Company's rapid organic and acquisitive growth and rapidly changing profile. These enhancements will update and upgrade how each component of the ALLL are quantified, their relationship to each other, and their overall relevance to the Company's new profile and strategic direction. The following is a synopsis of the enhancements for each component of ALLL:
Expand the look-back period to 28 rolling quarters to capture the full economic cycle. To accommodate the expansion, the Company supplemented its 15 quarters of internal history with 13 quarters of industry average loss history.
Utilize net historical losses versus gross historical losses.
Expand the peer group used to determine industry average loss history to include three industry groups; 1) all U.S. financial and bank holding companies, 2) all California financial and bank holding companies, and 3) the peer group average from the Uniform Bank Performance Report. The methodology allows for the weighting of all three industry groups as appropriate.
Apply the segment specific loss emergence period to each segment's loss rate versus 12 months for all portfolio segments as was done previously.
Reset the range for the nine interagency recommended qualitative factors and add a new qualitative factor for data-model imprecision risk. The expected range of the qualitative reserve will now be calculated at each factor level based on a baseline risk weighting adjusted for current risks, trends and business conditions.
Disaggregated certain qualitative factors to be determined on the portfolio segment level.
The ALLL is comprised of two components, valuation on loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment (GVA) and valuation on loans that are individually evaluated for impairment (SVA). The GVA is based on ongoing assessment of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the ALLL, management considers the types of loans and leases and the amount of loans and leases in the portfolio, industry information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This methodology takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and industry average loss trends, loan and lease-level credit quality ratings, loan and lease specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. The Company uses a seven year loss experience, which includes 15 quarters of the internal history and supplemented with 13 quarters of industry

84

Table of Contents

average loss history. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous qualitative factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on ALLL, which include current economic conditions, loan and lease seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others. The Company calculates the SVA on all impaired loans and leases using guidance from ASC 310 primarily through the evaluation of expected cash flows or collateral values.
At September 30, 2014, total ALLL was $25.3 million, which represented 0.93 percent of total gross loans and leases, as compared to $18.8 million, or 0.77 percent, of total gross loans and leases at December 31, 2013, with unallocated ALLL of $0 and $450 thousand, respectively, at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The SVA was $524 thousand at September 30, 2014 compared to $96 thousand at December 31, 2013. The GVA on originated loans and leases at September 30, 2014 was $22.0 million, which represented 1.32 percent of total originated loans and leases, as compared to $17.1 million, or 1.46 percent, of total originated loans and leases at December 31, 2013. Including the non-credit impaired loans acquired through the business acquisitions, the GVA was $24.8 million as of September 30, 2014, which represents 1.21 percent of the total amount of such loans and leases, as compared to $18.5 million, or 1.13 percent, of the total amount of such loans and leases at December 31, 2013. The ALLL plus market discount for originated and acquired non-credit impaired loans and leases to the total amount of such loans and leases was 4.45 percent at September 30, 2014 versus 6.99 percent at December 31, 2013. The Company provided $2.8 million and $6.8 million to its provision for loan and lease losses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, related primarily to new single family residential mortgage, multifamily, and commercial and industrial loan production.
The Company acquired PBOC during 2013 and Beach and Gateway during 2012, and their loans and leases were treated under ASC 805, accounting for acquisitions. The acquired loans and leases include loans and leases that are accounted for under ASC 310-30, accounting for purchase credit impaired loans and leases (PCI). In addition, the Company acquired three pools of credit impaired re-performing seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank acquired five pools of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which were partially ASC 310-30 loans. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, there was no provision for loan and lease losses or allowance for loan and lease losses related to these pools as these loans were acquired at an aggregate 16.9 percent discount to the aggregated unpaid principal balances and there were no impairments on these pools. The Company may recognize provisions for loan and lease losses in the future should there be further deterioration in these loans after the purchase date should the impairment exceed the non-accretable yield and purchased discount. On a quarterly basis, the Company determines whether it needs to re-forecast its expected cash flows for the PCI loans relating to the PBOC, Beach and Gateway acquisitions, and the eight loan pools acquired in 2012 and 2013 to be evaluated for potential impairment. The provision for loans and leases losses on PCI loans reflected a decrease in expected cash flows on PCI loans compared to those previously estimated. The impairment reserve for PCI loans was $0 at September 30, 2014.


85

Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period
$
22,627

 
$
16,979

 
$
18,805

 
$
14,448

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
(65
)
 
(12
)
 
(65
)
 
(372
)
Multi-family

 

 
(3
)
 
(553
)
SBA

 
(199
)
 
(17
)
 
(592
)
Construction

 

 

 

Lease financing
(227
)
 

 
(227
)
 
(23
)
Single family residential mortgage
(18
)
 

 
(375
)
 
(591
)
Other consumer
(2
)
 

 
(211
)
 
(14
)
Total charge-offs
(312
)
 
(211
)
 
(898
)
 
(2,145
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial

 

 
53

 

Commercial real estate
88

 
153

 
843

 
173

Multi-family

 

 

 
88

SBA
7

 
97

 
273

 
264

Construction

 

 

 

Lease financing

 
2

 

 
8

Single family residential mortgage

 
1

 

 
92

Other consumer
1

 

 
3

 
7

Total recoveries
96

 
253

 
1,172

 
632

Transfer from (to) held-for-sale
92

 

 
(613
)
 

Provision for loan and lease losses
2,780

 
2,109

 
6,817

 
6,195

Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of period
$
25,283

 
$
19,130

 
$
25,283

 
$
19,130

Average total gross loans and leases held for investment
$
2,652,859

 
$
2,236,733

 
$
2,506,778

 
$
1,748,360

Total gross loans and leases held for investment at end of period
$
2,712,068

 
$
2,596,188

 
$
2,712,068

 
$
2,596,188

Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annualized net loan charge-offs to average total gross loans held for investment
0.03
%
 
(0.01
)%
 
(0.01
)%
 
0.12
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total gross loans held for investment
0.93
%
 
0.74
 %
 
0.93
 %
 
0.74
%

86

Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of allocation of allowance for loan and lease losses by loan and lease category as well as loans and leases receivable for each category as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Loans and
Leases
Receivable
 
Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
 
Loans and
Leases
Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
4,885

 
$
366,416

 
$
1,822

 
$
287,771

Commercial real estate
3,871

 
521,867

 
5,484

 
529,883

Multi-family
6,084

 
367,364

 
2,566

 
141,580

SBA
312

 
25,729

 
235

 
27,428

Construction
483

 
25,997

 
244

 
24,933

Lease financing
736

 
72,027

 
428

 
31,949

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single family residential mortgage
6,900

 
1,191,021

 
7,044

 
1,286,541

Other consumer
2,012

 
141,647

 
532

 
116,026

Unallocated

 

 
450

 

Total
$
25,283

 
$
2,712,068

 
$
18,805

 
$
2,446,111


The changes in ALLL coverage per each loan category were the results of the Company's enhancement made on the current methodologies.

87

Table of Contents

The following table presents the ALLL allocation among loan and lease origination types as of the dates indicated:
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
Loan breakdown by ALLL evaluation type:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
29,030

 
$
16,704

 
$
12,326

 
73.8
 %
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,668,004

 
1,168,195

 
499,809

 
42.8
 %
Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
8,004

 
2,243

 
5,761

 
256.8
 %
Collectively evaluated for impairment
377,554

 
469,916

 
(92,362
)
 
(19.7
)%
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired
376,575

 
449,767

 
(73,192
)
 
(16.3
)%
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
252,901

 
339,286

 
(86,385
)
 
(25.5
)%
Total loans
$
2,712,068

 
$
2,446,111

 
$
265,957

 
10.9
 %
ALLL breakdown:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
517

 
$
96

 
$
421

 
438.5
 %
Collectively evaluated for impairment
22,011

 
17,103

 
4,908

 
28.7
 %
Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
7

 

 
7

 
NM

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2,748

 
1,410

 
1,338

 
94.9
 %
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

 

 

 
NM

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 
196

 
(196
)
 
(100.0
)%
Total ALLL
$
25,283

 
$
18,805

 
$
6,478

 
34.4
 %
Discount on purchased/acquired Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired
$
6,512

 
$
8,354

 
$
(1,842
)
 
(22.0
)%
Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired
30,811

 
38,240

 
(7,429
)
 
(19.4
)%
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
57,961

 
105,650

 
(47,689
)
 
(45.1
)%
Total discount
$
95,284

 
$
152,244

 
$
(56,960
)
 
(37.4
)%
Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To originated loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
1.78
%
 
0.57
%
 
1.21
 %
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1.32
%
 
1.46
%
 
(0.14
)%
 
 
Total ALLL
1.33
%
 
1.45
%
 
(0.12
)%
 
 
To originated and acquired non-impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
1.41
%
 
0.51
%
 
0.90
 %
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1.21
%
 
1.13
%
 
0.08
 %
 
 
Total ALLL
1.21
%
 
1.12
%
 
0.09
 %
 
 
Total ALLL and discount (1)
1.53
%
 
1.63
%
 
(0.10
)%
 
 
To total loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
1.41
%
 
0.51
%
 
0.90
 %
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1.02
%
 
0.89
%
 
0.13
 %
 
 
Total ALLL
0.93
%
 
0.77
%
 
0.16
 %
 
 
Total ALLL and discount (1)
4.45
%
 
6.99
%
 
(2.54
)%
 
 
 
(1)
Total ALLL plus discount divided by carrying value.

88

Table of Contents

Servicing Rights
Total mortgage and SBA servicing rights were $11.7 million and $13.9 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) amounted to $11.4 million and $13.5 million and the amortized cost of the SBA servicing rights was $369 thousand and $348 thousand at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company retains servicing rights from certain of its sales of SFR mortgage loans and SBA loans. The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs and SBA servicing rights was $1.24 billion and $17.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2014 and $1.37 billion and $20.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The recorded amount of the MSR and SBA servicing rights as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the loans we are servicing was 0.91 percent and 2.14 percent, respectively, at September 30, 2014 as compared to 1.00 percent and 1.74 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

Deposits
The following table shows the composition of deposits by type as of the dates indicated.
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Change
 
Change
 
(In thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
$
457,743

 
$
429,158

 
$
28,585

 
6.7
 %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
779,704

 
539,098

 
240,606

 
44.6
 %
Money market accounts
769,291

 
518,696

 
250,595

 
48.3
 %
Savings accounts
932,133

 
963,536

 
(31,403
)
 
(3.3
)%
Time deposits
692,839

 
468,156

 
224,683

 
48.0
 %
Total deposits
$
3,631,710

 
$
2,918,644

 
$
713,066

 
24.4
 %
Total deposits increased by $713.1 million, or 24.4 percent, to $3.63 billion at September 30, 2014, compared to $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013. The increase in total deposits primarily resulted from strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits and increased utilization of money desk operations for wholesale time deposits, while reducing reliance on brokered deposits.
In December 2012, the Company launched interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors in our target markets while reducing the reliance on certificates of deposit. As of September 30, 2014, deposits generated through this program totaled approximately $1.59 billion.
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Other Borrowings
At September 30, 2014, the Bank had a fixed-rate advance of $15.0 million at an interest rate of 0.82 percent and a variable-rate advance of $290.0 million at an interest rate of 0.07 percent from the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.73 percent, and $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent.
Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.95 billion and $740.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $22.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $790.5 million at September 30, 2014. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $98.4 million September 30, 2014.

89

Table of Contents

Long Term Debt
Senior Notes
On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the “Notes”) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.
The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Notes quarterly in arrears.
The Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.
Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes
On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69,000,000 8.00% tangible equity units (TEUs) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a “Purchase Contract”) that will be settled by delivery of a specific number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an “Amortizing Note”) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as the deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.
The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in equity as additional paid in capital. The Amortizing Note component is recorded as debt. The fair value of the Amortizing Notes was based on the fair value of similar debt instruments and was estimated to be approximately $14,634,000. The resulting value of the Purchase Contracts of $54,366,000 was recorded as additional paid-in capital on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $4,041,000 (including the underwriter discount of $3,278,000), of which $857,000 was allocated to the liability component and $3,184,000 was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $64,959,000 from the issuance of the TEUs are designated to partially finance the Company’s previously announced pending acquisition of 20 California branches from Popular Community Bank and for general corporate purposes. Additional information regarding the TEUs is provided under the heading “Tangible Equity Units” in Note 15 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 1 of this report.

90

Table of Contents

Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments
The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,435

 
$
756

 
$
1,439

 
$
495

Provision for unfunded loan commitments
382

 

 
378

 
261

Balance at end of period
$
1,817

 
$
756

 
$
1,817

 
$
756

Reserve for Loss on Repurchased Loans
Reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans was $7.0 million and $5.4 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. This reserve relates to our single family residential mortgage business. We sell most of the residential mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. We maintain a reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demands for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans are recorded under non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase or decrease to provision for loss reimbursements on loans sold.
The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans for the periods indicated:
 
 
Three Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
6,174

 
$
3,974

 
$
5,427

 
$
3,485

Provision for loan repurchases
1,556

 
375

 
3,094

 
1,363

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans
(685
)
 
(67
)
 
(1,476
)
 
(566
)
Balance at end of period
$
7,045

 
$
4,282

 
$
7,045

 
$
4,282


91

Table of Contents

Liquidity
The Bank is required to have enough liquid assets in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. Historically, the Bank has maintained liquid assets above levels believed to be adequate to meet the requirements of normal operations, including potential deposit outflows. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.
The Bank’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, is a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Bank invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Bank also generates cash through borrowings. The Bank utilizes FHLB advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management. The Bank also has the ability to obtain brokered certificates of deposit. Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Any excess liquidity would be invested in federal funds or authorized investments such as mortgage-backed or U.S. agency securities. On a longer-term basis, the Bank maintains a strategy of investing in various lending products. The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments, and to maintain its portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.
At September 30, 2014, there were $106.4 million of approved loan origination commitments, $291.1 million of unused lines of credit and $8.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. Certificates of deposit maturing in the next 12 months totaled $488.3 million and $305.0 million of FHLB advances had maturities of less than 12 months at September 30, 2014.
Based on the competitive deposit rates offered and on historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank, although no assurance can be given in this regard. At September 30, 2014, the Company maintained $185.0 million of cash and cash equivalents that was 4.1 percent to total assets. In addition, the Bank had the ability at September 30, 2014 to borrow an additional $790.5 million from the FHLB and $98.4 million from the Federal Reserve Bank.

Commitments
The following table presents information as of September 30, 2014 regarding the Company’s commitments and contractual obligations:
 
 
Commitments and Contractual Obligations
 
Total
Amount
Committed
 
Less Than
One Year
 
More Than 
One Year 
Through
Three Years
 
More Than 
Three Year
Through
Five Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
(In thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
$
106,426

 
$
68,009

 
$
22,288

 
$
7,342

 
$
8,787

Unused lines of credit
291,143

 
178,643

 
29,189

 
56,331

 
26,980

Standby letters of credit
8,329

 
3,651

 
3,075

 
750

 
853

Total commitments
$
405,898

 
$
250,303

 
$
54,552

 
$
64,423

 
$
36,620

FHLB advances
$
305,000

 
$
305,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt
135,154

 
11,876

 
22,373

 
12,713

 
88,192

Operating and capital lease obligations
38,343

 
10,873

 
16,534

 
6,848

 
4,088

Certificate of deposits
692,839

 
488,303

 
149,178

 
55,164

 
194

Total contractual obligations
$
1,171,336

 
$
816,052

 
$
188,085

 
$
74,725

 
$
92,474


92

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital
Federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. In order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies currently require depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require depository institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.
The following table presents the capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of dates indicated:
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Capital
Requirement
 
Ratio
 
Minimum 
Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
Ratio
 
($ in thousands)
September 30, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
430,487

 
14.97
%
 
$
230,024

 
8.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
403,387

 
14.03
%
 
115,012

 
4.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
403,387

 
9.28
%
 
173,917

 
4.00
%
 
 N/A

 
 N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
452,754

 
15.75
%
 
$
230,009

 
8.00
%
 
$
287,512

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
425,654

 
14.80
%
 
115,005

 
4.00
%
 
172,507

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
425,654

 
9.80
%
 
173,821

 
4.00
%
 
217,276

 
5.00
%
December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banc of California, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
307,457

 
12.45
%
 
$
197,503

 
8.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
281,786

 
11.41
%
 
98,752

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio
281,786

 
8.02
%
 
140,463

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Banc of California, NA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
$
360,634

 
14.65
%
 
$
196,998

 
8.00
%
 
$
246,247

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
334,963

 
13.60
%
 
98,499

 
4.00
%
 
147,748

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
334,963

 
9.58
%
 
139,874

 
4.00
%
 
174,845

 
5.00
%

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators approved a final rule to implement the revised capital adequacy standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The final rule strengthens the definition of regulatory capital, increases risk-based capital requirements, makes selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and adjusts the prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and the Bank will become subject to the new rule on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions of the new rule will be phased in over the period of 2015 through 2019.
The final rule:
Permits banking organizations that had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock that were issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, excluding any non-qualifying capital instruments and after all regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been applied to Tier 1 capital.
Establishes new qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including new limitations on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing rights.

93

Table of Contents

Requires a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent.
Increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent.
Retains the minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement of 8 percent.
Establishes a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4 percent.
Retains the existing regulatory capital framework for one-to-four family residential mortgage exposures.
Permits banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches rule, such as the Company and the Bank, to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for most accumulated other comprehensive income, such that unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale will not affect regulatory capital amounts and ratios.
Implements a new capital conservation buffer requirement for a banking organization to maintain a common equity capital ratio more than 2.5 percent above the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and will be fully phased in at 2.50 percent by January 1, 2019. A banking organization with a buffer of less than the required amount would be subject to increasingly stringent limitations on such distributions and payments as the buffer approaches zero. The new rule also generally prohibits a banking organization from making such distributions or payments during any quarter if its eligible retained income is negative and its capital conservation buffer ratio was 2.5 percent or less at the end of the previous quarter. The eligible retained income of a banking organization is defined as its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, based on the organization’s quarterly regulatory reports, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.
Increases capital requirements for past-due loans, high volatility commercial real estate exposures, and certain short-term commitments and securitization exposures.
Expands the recognition of collateral and guarantors in determining risk-weighted assets.
Removes references to credit ratings consistent with the Dodd Frank Act and establishes due diligence requirements for securitization exposures.
The Company’s management is currently evaluating the provisions of the final rule and their expected impact on the Company.


94

Table of Contents

ITEM 3 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.
How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we continually analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and/or prepayments, and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.
In order to manage the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on our results of operations, we adopted asset and liability management policies to better align the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These policies are implemented by the asset and liability management committee. The asset and liability management committee is chaired by the treasurer and is comprised of members of our senior management. An asset and liability management policy establishes guidelines for the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs, while the asset liability management committee monitors adherence to these guidelines. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk, and profitability goals. The asset and liability management committee meets periodically to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate risk exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to our net present value of equity analysis. At each meeting, the asset and liability management committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The treasurer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors on a regular basis.
In order to manage our assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, we have focused our strategies on:
Originating and purchasing adjustable-rate mortgage loans,
Originating shorter-term consumer loans,
Acquiring short duration securities for the investment portfolio,
Managing our deposits to establish stable deposit relationships,
Using FHLB advances and/or certain derivatives such as swaps to align maturities and repricing terms, and
Attempting to limit the percentage of fixed-rate loans in our portfolio.
At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, the asset and liability management committee may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position within the asset liability tolerance set by the Bank’s policies.
As part of its procedures, the asset and liability management committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

95

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Economic Value of Equity and Net Interest Income
The following table presents the projected change in the Bank’s net portfolio value at September 30, 2014 that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on independent analysis, but without giving effect to any steps that management might take to counteract that change.
 
 
September 30, 2014
Change in
Interest Rates in
Basis Points (bp) (1)
Economic Value of Equity
 
Net Interest Income
Amount
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
Amount
 
Amount
Change
 
Percentage
Change
 
($ in thousands)
 +100 bp
$
530,903

 
$
(22,673
)
 
(4.1
)%
 
$
149,464

 
$
(1,209
)
 
(0.8
)%
0 bp
553,576

 
 
 
 
 
150,673

 
 
 
 
 -100 bp
555,847

 
2,271

 
0.4
 %
 
146,610

 
(4,062
)
 
(2.7
)%
 
(1)
Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities
As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

The Company does not maintain any securities for trading purposes. The Company does not currently engage in trading activities. The Company does use derivative instruments to hedge its mortgage banking risks. In addition, interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting the Company. Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities and operations.


96

Table of Contents

ITEM 4 - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Section 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) as of September 30, 2014 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other members of the Company’s senior management. Because of a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting identified subsequent to June 30, 2014 and further described below, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of September 30, 2014, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. In connection with the preparation of annual and quarterly financial statements, the Company’s management is responsible for evaluating its internal controls and procedures. This evaluation includes an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act), which are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with the audit of year-end financial statements, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), is responsible for auditing both (i) the financial statements to obtain reasonable assurance about whether they are free of material misstatement, and (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Except as otherwise described below, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended September 30, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Subsequent to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and subsequent to June 30, 2014, immaterial errors related to prior periods were identified that indicated certain deficiencies existed in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, during the year ending 2013, financial reporting resources did not sufficiently complete certain account level reviews that presented a low potential risk of material error to the Company’s financial reporting, to ensure that the possibility that the aggregation of all potential errors in these accounts, which were more than remote, could not result in a material misstatement.
The Company has concluded that in 2013 these deficiencies when aggregated could have resulted in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis, and as such, these control deficiencies result in a material weakness.
The material weakness did not result in any material misstatement of the Company’s financial statements and disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Remediation and Plans for Remediation. The Company believes it has made significant progress toward remediation of the underlying causes of the material weakness, having taken a number of actions to remediate this material weakness. Among other things, we have:
Appointed Robert Sznewajs as new Audit Committee chairman and Ronald Nicolas as bank Chief Financial Officer as well as hired additional accounting and finance resources and professionals, including a new Chief Accounting Officer in March 2014, a new Controller in March 2014, and a Director of Accounting Policy in May 2014, together with other new hires in the accounting, finance, and audit departments;
Designed new controls around the review and analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) including the addition of a new Credit Risk Analytics team to oversee the ALLL process;
Implemented a new automated accounting software platform for stock-based compensation that eliminates the reliance on manual review of significant spreadsheets; and
Established a Sarbanes-Oxley steering committee in 2014 that meets bi-weekly with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer.
In addition to the remediation items discussed above the Company has also taken additional actions to remediate the material weakness during the three months ended September 30, 2014. Among other things we have:
Enhanced the review and controls around the development and analysis of the repurchase reserve including the hiring of new staff and the cross-department review and coordination of key inputs and data gathering.

97

Table of Contents

The Company and its Board of Directors are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment, and believe that these remediation efforts represent significant improvements in our control environment. The identified material weakness in internal control will not be considered fully addressed until the internal controls over these areas have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for our management to conclude that the material weakness has been fully remediated. The Company will continue to work on implementing and testing the new controls in order to make this final determination.
The Company does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.


98

Table of Contents

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such currently pending litigation.
As previously reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, on December 14, 2011, CMG Financial Services, Inc. (“CMG”) initiated a patent lawsuit against Pacific Trust Bank, the predecessor of Banc of California, National Association (the “Bank”), in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (the “Court”) alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,627,509 (the “Action”) relating to the origination and servicing of loans with characteristics similar to the Bank’s Green Accounts, a product that the Bank no longer originates. On September 19, 2014, the Court entered final judgment in favor of the Bank, declaring CMG’s patent invalid and dismissing the suit against the Bank, with prejudice. On September 25, 2014, CMG filed a notice of appeal of the final judgment with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The Company and its counsel believe the appeal is without merit and the resolution of the matter is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, though no assurance can be given in this regard.

ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS
Except as set forth below, there have been no material changes to the risk factors that appeared under Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Risks Relating to Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which could, if not remediated, result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act. As disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2013, our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014 and in this quarterly report for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014, management identified immaterial errors related to prior financial reporting periods that indicated certain deficiencies existed in our internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that, for the 2013 reporting period, these deficiencies, when aggregated, could have resulted in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis, and as such, these control deficiencies result in a material weakness.
A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have taken a number of actions to rectify the underlying causes of the material weakness and are actively engaged in further steps as part of a comprehensive remediation plan designed to resolve this material weakness in a prompt fashion. Although this material weakness has not required us to restate our financial results, if we are unable to satisfactorily address the deficiencies underlying this material weakness in a timely fashion, or if additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, then our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results.
Risks Relating to Our Pending Branch Acquisition from Banco Popular North America
The success of our pending acquisition of branches from Banco Popular North America will depend on a number of uncertain factors.
Consummation of our pending acquisition of branches (the Branch Acquisition) from Banco Popular North America (BPNA) is subject to the satisfaction of closing conditions, including our receipt of sufficient financing, in the aggregate, necessary to consummate the Branch Acquisition. The success of the the Branch Acquisition will depend on a number of factors, including, without limitation:
our ability to access necessary capital on a timely basis;
our ability to successfully integrate the BPNA Branches into our current operations;

99

Table of Contents

our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by our new customers in the BPNA Branches and to retain interest-earning assets (i.e., loans) acquired in the Branch Acquisition;
the credit quality of loans acquired as part of the Branch Acquisition;
our ability to attract new deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets;
our success in deploying the cash received in the Branch Acquisition, on a timely basis, into assets, including loans and investment securities, bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;
our ability to control the incremental noninterest expense from the BPNA Branches in a manner that enables us to maintain a favorable overall efficiency ratio;
our ability to retain and attract appropriate personnel to staff the BPNA Branches; and
our ability to earn acceptable levels of noninterest income, including fee income, from the BPNA Branches.
No assurance can be given that we will be able to integrate the BPNA Branches successfully, that the Branch Acquisition will not expose us to unknown material liabilities, that the operation of the BPNA Branches will not adversely affect our results of operations, that we will be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business, that we will be able to compete effectively in new market areas, or that we will be able to manage growth resulting from the Branch Acquisition effectively. The difficulties or costs we may encounter in the integration could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The pricing of deposits and loan run-off rates could be substantially different than what we have projected in connection with our planning for the Branch Acquisition and the integration of the BPNA Branches.
It is not known whether we will be able to retain loan and deposit relationships acquired in the Branch Acquisition over time.
We will need to convert customer loan and deposit data from BPNA’s data processing system to our data processing systems. Problems or errors in the customer account conversion process, and customer interface required to replace certain BPNA products and services with comparable products and services of the Bank, could adversely affect customer relationships, increase run-off of deposit and loan customers and result in unexpected charges and costs. Similarly, run-off could increase if we are not able to cost effectively service particular BPNA loan or deposit products with special features. An unanticipated increase in the run-off rate could increase the effective cost to us of the Branch Acquisition.
The credit quality of loans associated with the Branch Acquisition may be poorer than expected, which would require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and negatively affect our operating results.
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will acquire approximately $1.1 billion of loans related to the BPNA Branches (based on September 30, 2014 balances). As part of our due diligence on the BPNA Branches, we reviewed a sample of these loans in various categories and have found them to be of acceptable credit quality. Our examination of these loans was made using the same criteria, analyses and collateral evaluations that we have traditionally used in the ordinary course of our business. Although we believe the loans we acquired are of acceptable credit quality, and nonperforming loans, non-accrual loans or other real estate owned are generally excluded from the Branch Acquisition, no assurance can be given as to the future performance of these loans.
We face risks related to lending funds acquired in the Branch Acquisition.
Our strategic plan focuses on the continued development and growth of a diversified loan portfolio. Certain risks are inherent in the lending function, including a borrower’s inability to pay, insufficient collateral coverage and changes in interest rates. Repayment risk on commercial loans arises from changing economic conditions in particular geographic areas, businesses or industries that impair the operating performance of commercial borrowers. Risks associated with commercial real estate loans and general business loans also include changes in general economic conditions that affect underlying collateral values.
Even if the Branch Acquisition is completed, we may fail to realize the growth prospects and cost savings anticipated as a result of the Branch Acquisition.
There are a number of risks and uncertainties related to the Branch Acquisition. For example, the Branch Acquisition may not be completed, or may not be completed in the timeframe, on the terms or in the manner currently anticipated, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things, the failure of one or more of the conditions to closing (including the condition that we raise sufficient financing, in the aggregate, necessary to consummate the Branch Acquisition). There can be no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the Branch Acquisition will be satisfied or waived or that other events will not intervene to delay or result in the failure to close the Branch Acquisition. Any delay in closing or a failure to close could have a negative impact on our business and the trading prices of our securities.

100

Table of Contents

The success of the Branch Acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities and growth prospects we expect to result from the addition of the BPNA Branches. We may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects. Integrating operations will be complex and will require significant efforts and expenditures on the part of both us and BPNA. Our management might have its attention diverted while trying to integrate operations and corporate and administrative infrastructures and the cost of integration may exceed our expectations. We may also be required to make unanticipated capital expenditures or investments in order to maintain, improve or sustain the BPNA Branches we expect to acquire or take write-offs or impairment charges or recognize amortization expenses resulting from the Branch Acquisition and may be subject to unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to the BPNA Branches we expect to acquire. We might experience increased competition that limits our ability to expand our business, and we might not be able to capitalize on expected business opportunities, including retaining current customers of BPNA. If any of these factors limit our ability to integrate the new branches successfully or on a timely basis, the expectations of future results of operations following the Branch Acquisition might not be met.
It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our ongoing businesses, tax costs or inefficiencies, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, information technology systems, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees or other third parties or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Branch Acquisition and could harm our financial performance.
We have incurred and will continue to incur significant transaction and acquisition-related integration costs in connection with the Branch Acquisition.
We have developed a plan to integrate the BPNA Branches to be acquired in the Branch Acquisition. Although we anticipate achieving cost synergies in connection with the Branch Acquisition, we also expect to incur costs to implement such cost savings measures. We have incurred, and anticipate that we will continue to incur certain non-recurring charges in connection with this integration, including charges associated with integrating process and systems. At this time, we cannot identify the timing, nature and amount of all such charges. Further, we have incurred, and currently expect to continue to incur significant transaction costs that will be charged as an expense in the period incurred. The significant transaction costs and acquisition-related integration costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations in the period in which such charges are recorded or our cash flow in the period in which any related costs are actually paid. The net benefit associated with the anticipated elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the BPNA Branches, may not be achieved in the near term, or at all. Accordingly, the cost and operational savings may not be achievable in our anticipated amount or timeframe or at all. Investors should not place undue reliance on the anticipated benefits of the Branch Acquisition in making an investment decision with respect to our securities.
We and BPNA will be subject to business uncertainties while the Branch Acquisition is pending that could adversely affect our and its businesses.
Uncertainty about the effect of the Branch Acquisition on employees and customers may have an adverse effect on us and BPNA and, consequently, on the BPNA Branches to be acquired in the Branch Acquisition. These uncertainties may impair our and BPNA’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Branch Acquisition is completed and for a period of time thereafter. These uncertainties may also cause customers, suppliers and others that deal with us and BPNA to seek to change existing business relationships with the two companies. Employee retention could be reduced during the pendency of the Branch Acquisition, as employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles. If, despite our and BPNA’s retention efforts, key employees depart because of concerns relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of the integration process or a desire not to join us following the Branch Acquisition, our business could be harmed.


101

Table of Contents

ITEM 2 - UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Stock Repurchases
 
 
Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer
 
 
 
Total Number of Shares
 
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
 
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced 
Plans
 
Total Number
of Shares
That May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plan
From July 1, 2014 to July 31, 2014
4,940

 
$
11.03

 

 
897,958

From August 1, 2014 to August 31, 2014
6,399

 
$
11.93

 

 
897,958

From September 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014
1,275

 
$
11.96

 

 
897,958

Total
12,614

 
$
11.58

 

 
 
On September 5, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved changes to the Company’s previously announced share buyback program authorizing the Company to buy back, from time to time during the 12 months ending September 3, 2014, an aggregate amount representing up to 10 percent of the Company’s then currently outstanding common shares. The buyback program included a 10b5-1 plan that was adopted by the Company on September 3, 2013 pursuant to which up to a maximum of 300,000 shares could be repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2013, subject to certain price and volume restrictions. The 10b5-1 plan had been terminated as of December 31, 2013, as the 300,000 maximum share amount authorized for repurchase had been exhausted.
The Company has a practice of buying back stock for tax purposes pertaining to employee benefit plans, and does not count these purchases toward the allotment of the shares. The Company purchased 12,614 shares during the three months ended September 30, 2014 at an average price of $11.58 with a total cost of $146 thousand, including fees, related to tax liability sales for employee stock benefit plans.

ITEM 3 - DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
None

ITEM 4 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable

ITEM 5 - OTHER INFORMATION
None


102

Table of Contents

ITEM 6 - EXHIBITS
Exhibits
 
2.1
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among Banc of California, Inc., (f/k/a First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.) (sometimes referred to below as the “Registrant” or the “Company”), Gateway Bancorp, Inc. (“Gateway”), each of the shareholders of Gateway and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a) 
 
 
 
2.1A
Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 2011, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among The Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(1) 
 
 
 
2.2B
Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 24, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(2) 
 
 
 
2.2C
Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(3)
 
 
 
2.2D
Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 31, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)
(a)(4) 
 
 
 
2.3
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Beach Business Bank, as amended by Amendment No. 1thereto dated as of October 31, 2011
(b) 
 
 
 
2.4
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among First
PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California
(c) 
 
 
 
2.5
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2013, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California
(y) 
 
 
 
2.6
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 25, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Banc of California, National Association, CS Financial, Inc., the Sellers named therein and the Sellers’ Representative named therein
(z) 
 
 
 
2.7
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between Banco Popular North America and Banc of California, National Association
(bb) 
 
 
 
3.1
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
(d) 
 
 
 
3.2
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant
(e)
 
 
 
3.3
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A
(f) 
 
 
 
3.4
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
(g) 
 
 
 
3.5
Articles of Amendment to Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
(h) 
 
 
 
3.6
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C
(p) 
 
 
 
3.7
Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B
(q)
 
 
 
3.8
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant changing the Registrant’s name
(r) 
 
 
 
3.9
Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant
(cc)
 
 
 
3.10
Bylaws of the Registrant
(ii)
 
 
 
4.1
Warrant to purchase up to 240,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010
(g)
 
 
 

103

Table of Contents

4.2
Warrant to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010
(g)
 
 
 
4.3
Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
(m)
 
 
 
4.4
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant’s 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 and form of 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020
(m)
 
 
 
4.5
Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, among the Registrant, Registrar and Transfer Company, as Depositary and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein
(p)
 
 
 
4.6
Purchase Contract Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
(ff)
 
 
 
4.7
Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
(ff)
 
 
 
4.8
First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association
(ff)
 
 
 
10.1
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2010, by and among the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank and Richard Herrin (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Herrin pursuant to his Employment Agreement)
(i)
 
 
 
10.1A
Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin
(j)
 
 
 
10.1B
Second Amendment, dated as of September 25, 2012, to Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin
(j)
 
 
 
10.2
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman
(j)
 
 
 
10.2A
Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012
(j)
 
 
 
10.2B
Amendment dated December 13, 2013 to Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012
(gg)
 
 
 
10.2C
Letter Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman, relating to Stock Appreciation Rights issued with respect to Tangible Equity Units
(hh)
 
 
 
10.3
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Pacific Trust Bank and Beach Business Bank and Robert M. Franko
(j)
 
 
 
10.3A
Mutual Termination and Release Letter Agreement, dated September 25, 2012, relating to Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2003, between Doctors’ Bancorp, predecessor-in-interest to Beach Business Bank, and Robert M. Franko
(j)
 
 
 
10.4
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among the Registrant and John C. Grosvenor
(j)
 
 
 
10.5
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
(j)
 
 
 
10.6
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Hugh F. Boyle
(dd)
 
 
 
10.7
Registrant’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(k)
 
 
 
10.8A
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(n)
 
 
 
10.8B
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(n)
 
 
 
10.8C
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
(n)
 
 
 
10.9
Registrant’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
(l)
 
 
 
10.10
Registrant’s 2003 Recognition and Retention Plan
(l)

104

Table of Contents

 
 
 
10.11
Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 30, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Treasury
(f)
 
 
 
10.12
Management Services Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and between CS Financial, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank
(o)
 
 
 
10.13
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Pacific Trust Bank and Jeffrey Seabold
(aa)
 
 
 
10.14
Registrant’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(s)
 
 
 
10.14A
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(t)
 
 
 
10.14B
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(t)
 
 
 
10.14C
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(t)
 
 
 
10.14D
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(ee)
 
 
 
10.14E
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employee Equity Ownership Program under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(ee)
 
 
 
10.14F
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(hh)
 
 
 
10.14G
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
(hh)
 
 
 
10.15
Agreement to Assume Liabilities and to Acquire Assets of Branch Banking Offices, dated as of May 31, 2013, between Pacific Trust Bank and AmericanWest Bank
(u)
 
 
 
10.16
Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P.
(v)
 
 
 
10.17
Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated as of July 24, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Memorial Health Services
(w)
 
 
 
10.18
Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and The Private Bank of California
(x)
 
 
 
10.19
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and OCM BOCA Investor, LLC
(bb)
 
 
 
10.19A
Acknowledgment and Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2015 by and between Banc of California, Inc. and OCM BOCA Investor, LLC.
(ii)
 
 
 
10.20
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel L.P., Patriot Financial Partners II, L.P., and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel II, L.P.
(ii)
 
 
 
11.0
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings
None
 
 
 
15.0
Letter re unaudited interim financial information
None
 
 
 
18.0
Letter regarding change in accounting principles
None
 
 
 
19.0
Report furnished to security holders
None
 
 
 
22.0
Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders
None
 
 
 
24.0
Power of Attorney
None
 
 
 
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)
31.1
 
 
 
31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)
31.2
 
 
 
31.3
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Accounting Officer)
31.3
 
 
 
32.0
Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350 Certification
32.0
 
 
 

105

Table of Contents

101.0
The following financial statements and footnotes from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
101.0
 
 
 

(a)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(1)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(2)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(3)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(4)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(b)
Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(c)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(d)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
(e)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(f)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(g)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(h)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(i)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(j)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(k)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(l)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
(m)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(n)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(o)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(p)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(q)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(r)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(s)
Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on June 11, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(t)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(u)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.

106

Table of Contents

(v)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(w)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(x)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(y)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(z)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(aa)
Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(bb)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(cc)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(dd)
Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ee)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ff)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(gg)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(hh)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ii)
Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.



107

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
  
BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
 
 
Date: November 7, 2014
  
/s/ Steven A. Sugarman
 
  
Steven A. Sugarman
 
  
President/Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Date: November 7, 2014
  
/s/ Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
 
  
Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
 
  
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Date: November 7, 2014
  
/s/ Nathan Duda
 
  
Nathan Duda
 
  
Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer


108